初 中 英 语 易 混 词 辨 析
on time与in time
on time表示“准时、按时”,指按规定的时间或指定的时间做某事;
in time表示“及时”,指不迟到或在规定的时间之前或接近所规定的时间做某事。
after与in
两均可与一段时间连用，表示“在„之后”，但 after 表示以过去时间为起点的一段时间以后，因此通常与过去时连用;而 in 则表示从现在算起的一段时间以后，因此通常用于将来时或含有将来意义的句子: He came back after three days. 3天后他回来了。
I’ll come back in three days. 我3天后回来。
I think he can come back in three days. 我想他3天后可以回来。
【注】after 除与时间段连用外，还可与时间点连用，此时则可用于将来时(但是in不能与时间点连用): He will arrive after five o’clock. 他 5 点钟以后到。 另外，after可以与某些表示活动的名词连用，表示“在„之后”(in不能这样用): after school 放学后 after class 下课后
after the meeting 散会后 after liberation 后
decide make up one’s mind与make up one’s mind
decide 指“经过询问、研讨和考虑之后, 在几种可能的选择之中作出决定”,后跟宾语从句时,有时是“断定”之意。
make up one’s mind是与“踌躇、动摇、困惑”等相对的说法,其含义是“下定决心、拿定主意”的意思
used to与be used to
1. be used to 意为“习惯于”，其中的 to 是介词，所以其后要接名词或动名词(不能接动词原形);若要强调从不习惯到习惯的过程，可用 get， become 等代替动词 be.如:
He is used to looking after himself. 他已习惯于自己照顾自己。
I’m sure I’ll get used to the hard work. 我相信我会习惯这艰苦工作的。
注:be used to 有时可能是动词 use 的被动语态结构 (此时意为“被用来”，其中的 to 为不定式符号，其后要接动词原形)。如:
A hammer is used to drive in nails. 锤子是用来钉钉子的。
2.used to 意为“过去经常”，其中的 to 是不定式符号，而不是介词，所以其后只接动词原形(不能接动名词)。如:
He used to live in Paris. 他过去一直住在巴黎。
注:used to 通常不能与表示具体次数(如 twice， three times 等)或一段时间(如 three months， five years 等)的词或短语连用，但是它却可以与 always， often 等表示经常性意义的副词连用。如:
正:I went to Paris three times. 我去过巴黎 3 次。 误:I used to go to Paris three times.
正:I lived in the country for three years. 我在乡下住过 3 年。 误:I used to live in the country for three years.
正:I always used [used always] to be afraid of dogs. 我过去总是怕狗。
used to 构成否定式和疑问式时通常有两种方式:即借助助动词did 或直接将 used 用作助动词。如: He usedn‘t [didn’t use] to come. 他过去不常来。
You used to go there， usedn‘t [didn’t] you? 你过去常到那儿去，是吗? 另外，有时也可见到以下这样的否定式和疑问式，但不是很普通: Did you use(d) to be a teacher? 你过去是当老师的吗? They didn‘t use(d) to live here. 他们过去没住在这儿。
There used to be a cinema here， use(d)n‘t there? 往日这里曾有家电影院，是吗?
go on doing sth与 go on with sth与go on to do sth go on 意思是“继续下去”:
go on doing sth.指“不停地做某事”或中断后再“继续”做原来的事情。
go on with + (名词) 表示暂停之后“继续做前面没有做完的事情”,相当于go on doing sth.。 go on to do sth. 表示“接着做另外一件事情”,指前后做的不是同一件事。
but however still 与but however still yet
but是并列连词,表示转折,意思是“但是、而是”等。
however用作连词时较but正式,但词义弱一些,并不直接引 ?still用作连词时表示仍然在继续或仍未发生,位于所描述的情况之前,是“还是、依然”等之意。
yet作连词的含义是:即使作出极端的让步,也不会发生期待的结果,常译作“然而、可是”等。
1 / 88
hard 与hardly
hard可用作形容词或副词。用作形容词时意为“困难的”,“硬的”,“勤奋的”,“严厉的”,“苛刻的”;用作副词时,意为“努力地”,“猛烈地”,“剧烈地”。
hardly是副词,意为“几乎不”,多和can连用,接近almost not,也可表示“几乎没有”的意思,和any连用时,相当于almost not。
all 与whole
all 用于定冠词、指示代词、物主代词、所有格、基数词等限定词之前;
whole 用于定冠词、指示代词、所有格、基数词等限定词之后、所修饰的名词之前。
have 、have been to have与 have gone to have、 has been in
have / has been to 指“曾经去过某地”, 现在已返回或已不在那个地方了; have/ has gone to 指“已经去某地了”, 可能在途中, 也可能已到达目的地; have/ has been in 表示“一直住在、呆在某地”,可和表示一段时间的状语连用。
let 与allow
let表示允许,意为“让”,比较口语化,其后面可接名词、代词作宾语或接不带 to 的不定式作宾语补足语。 allow较let正式,也表示允许,其后可接名词、代词、v-ing形式作宾语或带to的不定式作宾语补足语。
sometime 与sometimes
sometime是时间副词,意为“在某时;有朝一日”。 sometimes是频度副词,意为“不时、有时”。
some time可用作名词词组,用来表示一段不确定的时间;亦可用作副词词组,意思相当于sometime,常译为“在未来的某时、经过若干时间”,常用于将来时。
some times是“几次、几倍”之意。
stop doing sth. 与stop to do sth. stop sb. (from) doing sth.
stop doing sth.是“停止做某事”,v-ing形式是stop的宾语,指停止正在进行的事。 stop to do sth.是“停下来去做某事”,动词不定式作目的状语。 stop sb. from doing sth.是“阻止某人做某事”。
died dead与 dying death
die 是短暂性动作的动词,意为“死亡”、“断气”,指生命的结束,强调动作。注意:die不可和一段时间的状语连用
dead是形容词,意为“死的”,通常和be动词连用,表示死的状态。
dying 是die的现在分词,常用作形容词,意思是“要死的”、“濒临死亡的”。 death 是die的名词形式,意为“死、死亡”。
as与 when与 while
as意思是“当„„时候”,往往强调主句和从句中的动作或事件同时发生,有时译成“一边„„一边”。
when 是普通用语,在表示“当„„时候”时,从句中既可用延续性动词,也可用短暂性动作的动词,可以替代as或while。
while 引导的从句的动作常表示一段较长的时间或一个过程,常用进行时态,强调主句和从句的动作同时发生注意:while从句中的动作一般是延续性动作的动词。
another，other(s)与the other(s)_
这些不定代词总的特点是:它们不仅在含义上有单复数之分， 而且在用法上有泛指(无the)和特指 (有the)之别。其具体用法可归纳如下:
1. 指单数时， 若是泛指用 another(若后接名词一定是单数)， 若是特指用 the other (若后接名词一定是单数)。如:
He finished his cake and asked for another (one)。 他吃完了那块蛋糕后又要了一块。(泛指) Shut the other eye， too. 另一只眼也闭上。(特指)
2. 指复数时， 若泛指用 other(若后接名词一定是复数)， 若特指用the other(若后接名词一定是复数): Other people may
She is cleverer than the other students in her class. 她比班上的其他学生要聪明些。(特指)
3. others (表泛指)永远表示复数意义(且其后不能再接名词)， 其用法大致相当于“other+复数名词”。同样地 the others(表特指)也永远表示复数意义(其后也不能接名词)， 大致相当于“the other+复数名词”。
2 / 88
after与behind
两者均可表示“在„之后”，其区别是:
1. after 主要用于时间或次序，behind 主要用于位置: He decided to leave after lunch. 他决定午饭后离开。 Summer comes after spring. 春去夏来。
The hospital is behind the post office. 医院在邮局后面。
【注】behind 有时也用于时间，表示“迟于”，主要用于behind time(迟，晚)这一习语: The train was 20 minutes behind time. 火车晚点 20 分钟。
2. 两者都可用于引申义，after 侧重指追求、寻找、模仿等;而behind 则侧重指在背后、支持、落后等: The police are after her. 在追捕她。
Many young people are after her. 许多年青人都追求她。 We are behind you completely. 我们完全支持你。
He is behind the others in maths. 他的数学不如别人。
treat与 heal
treat和heal都是动词,都含有治病的意思。
treat主要指“治疗”或“医治”的过程(不含治疗的效果)。 heal主要指“治愈”,强调“治疗”或“医治”的结果。
increase 与grow与 add
increase作动词或名词,着重体积、数量、强度、程度、力量、权威、名声、财富等的增加或增强; add是动词,指将某物加在另一物上,使之在数量、体积、重要性等方面有所增加;
grow作不及物动词,表示“增长”与increase意义基本相同,但grow还另含有“生长、发育、种
thanks to与 thanks for
thanks to的意思是“多亏、由于、因为 (= because of)”,强调感谢的对象; thanks for的意思是“因„„而感谢”,强调感谢的原因,表示为何而感谢。
keep...from... 与 prevent...from... 与stop... from...
keep... from doing... 意思是“阻止、防止„„做某事”,它与prevent... from doing...和stop... from doing...同义。其中,prevent... from doing...和stop... from doing...中的介词from可以省略(stop 和 prevent用于被动语态时,其后的from 不能省略),但keep„from doing...中的from不能省略。如果省略了from, 那么keep... doing...的意思就成为“使„„一直做„„”。
how long, how often, how soon
how long指多长时间，主要用来对一段时间(如three days, four weeks 等)提问?如：How long ago was it? 这是多久前的事了? how often指每隔多久，主要用来对频率副词或状语(如once a week等)提问?如：—How often does he come here? —Once a month. 他(每隔)多久来一次?每月一次?
how soon指再过多久，主要用来对表示将来的一段时间(in an hour, in two weeks 等)提问?如：How soon can you come? 你多快能赶来?
few, a few, little, a little, several, some
few 和little的意思是否定的，表示“很少”或“几乎没有”;而a few和a little的意思是肯定的，表示“有一些，有一点儿”?
few 和 a few修饰可数名词;little 和 a little 修饰不可数名词?
several用于修饰可数名词，语意比a few和some更肯定，含有“好几个”的意思?
some可修饰可数名词，也可修饰不可数名词，从数量上说，它有时相当于a few 或 a little,有时指更多一些的数量?
spend, take, cost, pay
spend的宾语通常是时间?金钱?在主动语态中，句子的主语必须是人，而且后面不能用动词不定式做它的宾语?如：She spent the whole evening in reading. 她把整个晚上用来读书?
take常常用来指“花费”时间，句子的主语通常是表示事物的词语?如：How long will this job take you?你做这项工作要花多长时间?
cost 指花费时间?金钱或力气等，只能用表示事物的词做主语，并且不能用于被动语态?如：How much does the jacket cost?这件夹克多少钱?
pay 主要指主语(某人)买某物(或为某事)付多少钱(给某人)?如：I pay for my rooms by month. 我按月支付租金?
speak, say, talk, tell
这四个动词都有“说”的意思?speak的意思是“讲话;演讲”，着重指说话的动作，指开口说或连续不断地说，多用作不及物动词;用作及物动词时，其宾语是语言名称?如：He can speak Japanese. 他会说日语?
3 / 88
say的意思是“说;讲”，一般用作及物动词，着重指说话的内容?它的宾语可以是名词?代词或直接引语等?如：She says, “Don’t draw on the wall!”她说：“别在墙上画画!”
talk的意思是“说;讲;谈话”，与speak意义比较接近，但不如speak正式，着重强调两人之间的相互谈话，也可指单方面的谈话?如：She is talking with John in English。她正在和约翰用英语交谈?
tell意为“告诉;讲述;吩咐”，多指以口头方式将某事告诉某人，常接双宾语?除了story, news, truth, joke, lie(谎言)等直接宾语外，还可以接人等间接宾语?如：She is telling the children a story。她正在给孩子们讲故事?
among, between
between 的意思是“在……中间，在……之间”，一般指在两者之间?如：There is a table between two windows. 在两扇窗户之间有一张桌子?between 有时也表示在多于两个以上的事物之间，但那是指在每二者之间?如：the relationship between different provinces and municiplities 省市和省市之间的关系(这里是指每两个省市之间的相互关系?)
among 的意思是“在……中间?在……之中”，一般指在三个或三个以上的同类事物之中?如：The teacher distributed them among the students. 老师把这些东西分给了学生? beat, win
这两个词都有“获胜，打败”的意思，但其后宾语不同?beat是“打败，优于”的意思，后面接人或队?如：We beat them. 我们打败了他们?
win指“赢，获胜”，后面接比赛?名次?如：We won the match/game/race/the first place. 我们赢了这场比赛(获得了第一名)?
agree with, agree on, agree to
agree on表示“就……取得一致意见”?如：We all agree on (making) an early start. 我们一致同意及早出发?
agree with表示“与……意见一致”，后面既可以跟表示人的名词或人称代词，也可以跟表示意见?看法的名词或what引导的从句?如：I agree with you without reservation。我毫无保留地同意你的意见?We agree with what you said just now。我们同意你刚才所说的意见?
agree to后面不能接人，只能接“提议，计划，方案”等词句?如：I agree to the terms proposed. 我同意拟议的条件?
bring, take, carry,fetch
这四个词都是动词，都含有“带”或“拿”的意思，但使用的场合各不相同?
bring作“带来，拿来”解?如：Next time don’t forget to bring me a copy of your work. 下次不要忘了把一份你的作品带给我?
take是bring的对语，作“带去，拿去”解?如：Take the box away, please. 请把盒子拿走?想学习更多英语知识，请关注口袋英语aikoudaiyy
carry表示“运载，携带”之意，运送的方式很多，可以用车?船，也可以用手甚至用头?如：This bus is licensed to carry 100 passengers. 这辆巴士准载一百人?
fetch则表示“去拿来”的意思?如：Please fetch me the documents in that room. 请到那间房间去把文件拿来给我?
each, every
两词都是“每个”的意思，但着重点不同?each着重个别的情况，every着重全体，有“所有的”的意思?如：She knows each student of the class。她认识这个班里的每一个学生?She knows every student of the class。她认识这个班所有的学生? no one, none no one指“没有人(只能指人，不能用来指物)”，意思与nobody相同，作主语时不必跟of连用，如：No one believes him since he is not honest. 没有人相信他，因为他不诚实?No one else but I went. 除我以外，谁也没去? none指“一个也没有(既可指人，也可指物)”，作主语时代替不可数名词，谓语动词用单数形式;代替可数名词，谓语动词用单?复数都可以?但在 “主+系+表”结构中，如果表语为复数，则系动词要用复数形式?如：None of us are(is) afraid of difficulties. 我们谁也不怕困难? too much, much too
二者都有“太，非常”之意，much too为副词词组，修饰形容词?副词，不可修饰动词?如：It’s much too cold。天气实在是太冷了?
too much作“太多”讲，有以下三种用法?
(1)作名词词组?如：You have given us too much. 你给我们的太多了?
(2)作形容词词组修饰不可数名词?如：Don’t drink too much wine. 不要饮太多的酒? (3)作副词词组修饰不及物动词?如：She talks too much. 她说话太多? lonely, alone
二者都可表示“孤独，独自”，alone指客观存在的“孤独”，而lonely更偏重一种主观感受上的“寂寞”?如：I went alone. 我是一个人去的?Mary lived alone, but she didn’t feel lonely. 玛丽孤身一人生活，但她并不感到孤独?
happen, take place与occur
4 / 88
happen有“偶然”的意思，多用于客观事物?情况的发生?如：Whatever has happened to your arm? It’s all swollen. 你的手臂怎么了?肿得好厉害。
occur 指有计划地使某些事“发生”?有时强调“呈现”于人的知觉中?如：Did it occur to you to phone them about it?你难道没想到就这事给他们打个电话?
具体事物?事件作主语时，happen和occur可以通用?如：The accident happened/occurred yesterday. 事故是昨天发生的? take place 指事件发生，但常用来表示“举行”的意思，带有非偶然性?例如：The meeting took place last night。会议昨晚举行?
in front of, in the front of
in front of的意思是“在……前面”?如：There is a tree in front of the house。房子前面有一棵树? in the front of的意思是“在……前部”，指在某个空间范围内的前面?如：There is a blackboard in the front of the classroom. 教室里前部有一块黑板? find, find out
两者都有“发现”的意思，但语义有差别?find有偶然发现某物的意味?如：He found a bag on the floor. 他发现地板上有个书包? find out指“经过，探听，询问”，指调查之后的“发现”或“弄清楚”?如：Please find out who took my book by mistake。请查清楚谁错拿了我的书? noise, voice, sound
这三个词都作“声音”解，在表示“听到声音”这个意思时，三者可以通用?但它们又各有特定的含义? sound 作“声音”解，含义最广，指可以听到的任何声音，如：a weak sound 微弱的声?
noise作“噪音，嘈杂声，吵闹声”解，指不悦耳，不和谐的声音?它既可作可数名词，也可作不可数名词?如：Another kind of pollution is noise. 另外一种污染是噪音?
voice 作“声音”解时，多指人发出的声音，包括说话声?歌声和笑声?如：He shouted at the top of voice. 他高声呼喊?有时也用于引申意义，作“意见?发言权”解?如：I have no voice in the matter. 对于这件事，我没有发言权?
arrive, get, reach 三者均可表示“到达”，arrive后通常接介词at(一般用于较小的地方)或 in(一般用于较大的地方)?如：We arrived at the station five minutes late. 我们晚了5分钟到车站?又如：They will arrive in Paris next Monday. 他们将于下周星期一到达巴黎．
get之后通常接介词to?如：When we got to the park, it began to rain. 我们到达公园时，就开始下雨了． reach是及物动词(较 get更正式)，其后可直接跟地点名词做宾语(不能用介词)?如：He reached Beijing yesterday. 他昨天到达北京。
1、 say/ speak/ talk/ tell
Ⅰ. say “说、讲”普通用语，指用言语表达思想，强调所说的内容。如： ① What did he say? 他说了些什么？
② He said that it was true. 他说那是真实的。
Ⅱ. speak “说、讲”可表示以任何一种方式说话。它着重于说话这一动作本身。而不强调所说的内容。为不及物动词。作及物动词时与表语言的词连用。如： ① Please speak more slowly. 请说得慢一些。
② The baby is learning to speak. 这小孩在学说话。 ③ She can speak English fluently. 她英语说得很流利。 Ⅲ. talk “谈话、讲话”，通常表连贯地与别人谈话。强调谈话这一动作，而不是内容。如： ① He was talking to a friend. 他在和一个朋友谈话。
② Ｈe went on talking for a long time, but he spoke so fast that few of us could catch what he said.
他滔滔不绝地讲了半天，但是他说得太快，我们几乎没有什么人能听懂他说的些什么。 ③ She is always talking nonsense. 她总爱讲废话。
Ⅳ. tell “告诉、讲述”指将某事讲给别人听。它有时还有“吩咐、命令”等含义。如： ① He told the news to everybody in the village. 他把这消息告诉了村子里的每个人。 ② She told me not to write the letter. 她叫我不要写信了。 ③
2、see watch notice
see，强调看的结果。有意识或无意识地看。see a film. look，强调看的动作。
watch，强调注视动静变化之意。
notice，强调有意识地注意，从没没注意到注意到了的变化。
3、hear of , hear from, hear about.
hear of意指间接地“听到”“听说”后接名词性质的词。如： I have never heard of him before. 我以前从来没有听说过他。
5 / 88
注意：hear of与hear about的意义相近，这两个词组在英语中有时可以通用。它们含有“听人说起”，“从书报上看到关于”等意义。例如：
I’ve never heard of him. 我从来没有听说过他。
Have you heard about him from anywhere?你从什么地方听到过他吗？
(3) hear from指“收到……的来信”与get or receive a letter from 同义，其宾语应是人，而不是信。如： I often hear from my parents.我经常收到父母的来信。
4、give in， give up
give `in (to sb/sth) allow oneself to be defeated or overcome (by sb/sth) （向某人[某事物]）屈服, 让步, 投降: The rebels [ˈrebəl] were forced to give in. 叛乱者被迫投降. * She's a gutsy ['gʌtsi] player, she never gives in. 她是个勇敢的选手, 从不屈服. * The authorities [ɔ:ˈθɔriti] showed no signs of giving in to the ['kidnæpə] kidnapper's demands. 当局对绑架者的要求丝毫没有让步的迹象. give up v.放弃, 抛弃, 戒除, 交出；(oneself)自首
He gave himself up (to the police). 他（向警方）投案了。 abandon an attempt to do sth 放弃做某事的尝试: They gave up without a fight. 他们不战而降. * She doesn't give up easily. 她做任何事都不轻易放弃. * I give up; tell me what the answer is. 我认输, 告诉我答案吧.
5、achieve、come true、 realize achieve：实现成绩、目标，主语是人。
realize：实现，意识到，多指意识到某种道理、规律什么的，主语是人。 come true：实现，多指梦想、蓝图、计划，主语是梦想蓝图计划什么的。 意思有区别的，可以根据上下文意思区分。不过come true和realize好像更多的用于Dream；achieve则更多的用于goal或者直接跟sth. 用法是
achieve sth.
realize one's dream; realize sth.(也可以表示“意识到。。”） make ...(dream/..) come true
6、accident/incident “事故”
Ⅰ. accident 可以表示事故，指不幸的意外事件。也表偶然的事件。 ① Twenty people were killed in the railway accident ② He met with an accident. 这完全是偶然的事。 Ⅱ. Incident 的意思是事件，尤指与较重大的事件相比，显得不重要的事件。它还可以表引起国际争端或战争的事件。
① It is a quite common incident.这是很普通的事。
th
② The Lugouqiao incident accrued on July 7, 1937. 芦沟桥事件发生于1937年7月7日。
7、above/over/on/upon Ⅰ. 方位介词，“在……之上”
Ⅱ. above 着重指：在……上方，不一定含有垂直在上的意思。反义词为：below. ① The sun rose above the horizon. 太阳升到了地平线上。 ② The aero plane flew above the clouds.飞机在云层上飞行。
Ⅲ.over 表盖在……上面，或铺在……上面。此时不能用above.代替。含有垂直在上的意思。反义词为under. ① Spread the tablecloth over the table.把桌布铺在桌子上。 Ⅳ. on 含有与表面相接触的意思。 ① The book is on the desk.
② There is an oil painting on the wall. 墙上有一幅油画。
Ⅴ.upon 也含有和表面相接触的意思。与on没有多大的区别，但较正式，口语中较少用。 ① He laid his hand upon the boy’s head. 他把手放在孩子的头上。
[注] up 与以上几个不同，它表示向上方或高处，含有由下而上，由低而高的意思。常和表示运动的动词连用。作副词时，表示在上方或高处。
① We run up a hill. 我们跑上山。
② The plane was high up in the air.飞机在高空中。
8、at hand/ in hand
Ⅰ. at hand“在手边；在附近；即将到来”如：
① When he writes, he always keeps a dictionary at hand. 他写东西时，手边总有一本字典。 ② Spring is at hand. 春天就要来了。 Ⅱ. in hand “在手中的；现有的”引申为：“在掌握中；在处理中”。如：
6 / 88
① I have 100 yuan in hand. 我手头有100元钱。
② The police immediately had the situation in hand. 警方立即控制了局势。
9、across/through/ over Ⅰ. across “横过、穿过”，指从……的一边到另一边。含义与on有关。如： ① I swam across the river. 我游过这条河（指从此岸到彼岸） ② Let’s help push the cart across the bridge. 我们帮着把车子推过桥吧。
Ⅱ. through “穿过、通过”指穿过两边。是从空间较狭窄的一头穿到另一头。是从内部穿过，含义与in有关。如：
① We walked through the forest. 我们穿过森林。
② The river flows through the city from west to east. 这条河从西到东流过城市。 Ⅲ. over“横过、跨越”指横过道路、河流等“细长物”时，与across通用。Over 虽可指从表面的接触及跳（飞）越，但指渡过则不能用。从房间、原野、海洋等“平面延伸”的一端横越到另一端时也不能使用。而常用across. ① She went across / over the bridge.
② He jumped across / over the stream他跳过了小溪。
③ She swam across the straight of Dover. 她游过了多佛尔海峡。 ④ They drove across the desert. 他们驶过沙漠。
另外，over作介词还有“翻过……”的意思，如：climb the mountain 翻过那座山。
10、feel like / would like Ⅰ.feel like 与would like 意思很相近，但feel like 后面常跟名词；动名词。构成：feel like (doing) sth. 而 would like 一般接名词；动词不定式。构成：would like (to do) sth.的句式。如： ① I feel like (having) a drink. = I would like (to have) a drink. 我想喝一杯。 ② Do you feel like talking a walk. = Would you like to take a walk? 你要不要散步？ ③ I don’t feel like eating. 我不想吃东西。 Ⅱ.feel like 还表示：“觉得好像，摸起来像”。如： ① It feels like silk. 它摸起来像绸缎。
11、after/behind “在……之后” Ⅰ. after “在……（时间）之后”；
“在……（地点）之后”，指次序。如：
① He came after ten o’clock. 他十点以后来的。
② Two days after his arrival, I called on him. 在他到达两天以后，我拜访了他。
③ ‘Against’ comes after ‘again’ in this dictionary.在这本字典中 ‘against’ 排在 ‘again’ 之
后。
Ⅱ. behind 表地点时意为：在……后面、着重指位置的前后。偶尔也指时间，表按照一定的时刻而迟了的意思。 ① The garden is behind the house. ② He stood behind me.
③ The train was behind time. 火车误点了。 ④ You are two hours behind. 你迟了两个小时。
12、agree to/ agree with/ agree on(up on)
Ⅰ. agree to “同意、应允”通常用于同意某件事情（我们可以同意我们自己有不同看法而并不赞同的事情）。如：
① Do you agree to this plan?
② He agreed to my proposal.他同意了我的提议。 ③ I agreed to his terms. 我同意了他的条件。 Ⅱ. agree with “同意、赞同”常常表示同某人意见一致，也可表赞同某件事情。还有“（气候、食物等）适合”之意。如：
① I quite agree with you.我很同意你。 ② Do you agree with me ?
③ I agree with all you say.我同意你所说的。
④ His words do not agree with his actions.他言行不一致。
⑤ Too much meat doesn’t agree with her. 吃太多肉对她身体不合适。 [注]：agree with 不能用于被动语态。 Ⅲ. agree on /upon “对……取得一致意见”指两方或多方就某个问题取得了一致的意见或达成了某种协议。如： ① After discussion the two sides agreed on a cease-fire. 经过讨论，双方就停火问题达成了协议。 ② They all agree on the plan.他们对这个计划意见一致。 [注]：此句型可转换成agree in doing sth.如：
① All of them agreed on / upon it. = All of them agreed in doing it. 他们对做这个问题达成了共识。
7 / 88
13、at times / at all times / all the time Ⅰ. at times “不时；偶尔”如：
① The tide is , at times, very high. 潮水有时涨得高。
② I make mistakes at times when I speak English. 我说英语偶尔会出错。 Ⅱ. at all times.“随时；任何时候；总是” 如：
He has a cool head at all times. 他随时都有清醒的头脑。 Ⅲ. all the time “一直；始终” 其中time用单数形式。如： The baby cries all the time. 那婴儿一直哭。
14、alive/ living/ the living/ live/ dead Ⅰ. alive adj“活着的”“在世的”，它既可修饰人也可修饰物。可作表语，定语。作定语时，应放在被修饰的名词之后。如：
① They were alive and as happy as ever. 他们都还活着，并跟以前一样快活。
② All the other comrades were killed in the battle. He was the only man alive. 所有的同志都还
活着亡了，他是唯一的幸存者。
Ⅱ.living adj,“活着的”主要用着定语，常置于名词前，有时也可置于名词后。也可作表语。如： ① Every living person has a name. 每个活着的人都有一个名字。 ② No man living could do better. 当代人没有一个能做得比这更好。 Ⅲ. the living “活着的人”如：
The living are more important to us than the dead. 对我们来说活着的人比死了的人更重要。 Ⅳ. live adj. “活着的”读着[laiv],反义词为 dead, 可作定语，放在所修饰的名词之前，一般不用来修饰人。 还可以作动词，读着[liv], 意为“生活”、“生存”如：
① The cat was playing with a live mouse. 这只猫在玩弄一只活老鼠。 ② Pandas usually live in the south and the southeast of China. 熊猫通常生活在中国的南部和东南部。 Ⅴ. lively adj. [‘laivli](livelier, liveliest) “生动的”；“活泼的”；“充满生气的”用作表语或定语，可用来修饰人或物。如：
The sports ground is lively with all sorts of ball games. 运动场上进行着各种球类比赛，呈现出一派生气勃勃的景象。
15、all/ whole Ⅰ. 二者意义（“全部、都、整个”）相同，然而词序不同。 Ⅱ. all用于冠词，所有格或其它“限定词”之前。 whole 则用于冠词之后。如：
① all the time. ────→the whole time.全部时间 ② all my life ────→the whole life.我的一生
③ all this confusion ─→ this whole confusion.整个混乱状况。 Ⅲ. 如果没有冠词，或其它限定词，whole不能与单数名词连用。可以说： ① The whole city was burning.但不能说： ② Whole London was burning. Ⅳ.whole 和 all 与复数名词连用时意思不同。Whole 的意思为“全部”，而all的意思则近乎“每一个”如： ① All Indian tribes([traib]部首 ) suffered from white settlement in America. 所有印第安人部首都因
白人移民美洲而遭殃。
② Whole Indian tribes were killed off. 有些印第安人部落整个被杀光了。 Ⅴ. whole 一般不用来修饰不可数名词（包括物质名词） ① 可以说：all the money 或all the wine
② 不可以说：the whole money 或the whole wine.
③ The whole of = whole 与单数名词连用。它用于冠词、所有格之前。
the whole of the time. the whole of my life
the whole of this confusion
16、 almost/ nearly
Ⅰ. almost“差不多、几乎”有very nearly 的意思。如：
① He has almost finished his work. 他差不多完成了他的工作。 ② Almost no one took any rest. 几乎没有一个人休息一下。
Ⅱ. nearly “差不多、几乎、将近”指一差距一般比almost 大。如： ① It’s nearly five o’clock.差不多五点钟了。
② Nearly everyone knows it. 几乎每个人都知道这个。 ③ He’s nearly ready. 他快准备好了。
8 / 88
[注]：almost有时可与nearly通用，但当其与no, none, nothing, never连用时，不用nearly。如以上almost的例①可以互换，但例②则不能。
17、as soon as/ as early as/ as quickly as Ⅰ. 这三个词都有“尽快、尽早”之意。 Ⅱ. as soon as 侧重于“极短时间内”。还表示“一……就……”之意，引导状语从句。如： ① I’ll return it as soon as I can.我将尽快地把它还给你。
Ⅲ. as early as 侧重于一天中的早晨或在限定的时间内再早点，以便能达到预期的目的。如： ① You should arrive there as early as you can. 你应尽早到达那里。 Ⅳ. as quickly as 表做某事的速度非常之快或动作非常之敏捷。如：
① Please read the text as quickly as you can. 请把课文尽快读一遍。
18、 as soon as/ hardly…when/ no sooner…than
Ⅰ. 三者在意义上基本相同，都有“一……就……”，“刚……就……”，但它们各有其特点。 Ⅱ. as soon as 最为普通，位置灵活，可在主句前，也可在其后。且可用作多种时态。如：
① As soon as I went in , Kate let out a cry of surprise. 我一进去，凯特就惊讶地叫了一声。 ② I’ll tell him as soon as he comes back.
Ⅲ. hardly… when…的主句通常 用过去完成时，从句用一般过去时，when有时还可换成before.如： ① He had hardly finished his homework when the light went out. 他刚写完作业灯就灭了。 ② Hardly had I come back when they began quarrelling.我一回来他们就开始吵了起来。（hardly 提前时，
句子需要倒装。）
Ⅳ. no sooner…than…句型中， no sooner一般只置于句首，所以主句有倒装形式。如：
No sooner had I known the news than I telephoned my mother. 我刚知道这个消息就打电话告诉了妈妈。
19、 at/ beside/ by/ near Ⅰ. at “靠近”往往动作联系，意味着有目的、有意识的靠近，而by, beside, near只意味着就“靠近”而言。如：
① He sat at the desk. He wanted to read, 他坐到桌边，想看书。 Ⅱ. beside “在……旁边”；by = just at the side of “就在旁边”。两者一般可通用。但by 比beside语势较强些，并多用于日常用语中。如：
① There is a hospital beside / by the river. 河边有一家医院。 [注]：指“在某人身边”时，常多用beside. Eg:
① The little boy is standing beside his mother. Ⅲ. near “在……附近”或“离……不远”，它表示的距离要比by / beside 来得远些。如： ① We live near the sea.我们住在海边。（表离海边有些距离） ② We live by / beside the sea.我们就住在海边。（表海就在身边）。
20、若表当今世界的开头，则必须用in the beginning eg:
In the beginning there were no men nor animals nor plants. 在盘古开天辟地时，既没有人，也没有 动植物。
21、 blind in / blind to
Ⅰ. (be) blind in 表示哪只眼睛瞎了（左眼或右眼）；若表示一只眼睛瞎了，也可以用blind of one/an eye.如：
① He is blind in the right eye. 他的右眼瞎了。
② The old woman is blind of one eye. 那老妇人的一只眼瞎了。 Ⅱ. (be) blind to 表示“对……视而不见”。如：
Many people are blind to their own faults. 许多人看不起自己的缺点。
22、 alike/like Ⅰalike 与like 都有“相像”之意。但alike 只能作表语，不能作定语，其前不能加very , 只能用much 或 very much 修饰，此外alike 还可作副词。如：
The two brothers are very much alike. 兄弟俩长得很相像。
Ⅱ like 可用作表语，也可作定语，还可作介词、连词用。作动词时，意为“喜欢”如： ① The two brothers are very like (very much alike) ② Like father, like son. [谚]有其父必有其子。 ③ I don’t like swimming. 我不喜欢游泳。
④ Like causes tend to produce like results. 类似的原因往往会产生类似的结果。
9 / 88
23、before long 、 long before 、long after、soon after before long是“很快，不久”的意思, 可以用于各种时态。是词组表示时间，单独用。 before long是不久以后，等于soon
I'll see the film before long 我不久就要看这部电影. I hope to see you again before long.
long before “很早以前”，“好久以前”等于long long ago We finished our work long before. 我们早就把工作做完了
soon after 不久之后, 稍后，after是连词，后面跟一个句子。 They met in May and became lovers soon after. 他们在五月份相遇，不久就成为了情侣。
long after很久以后, after是连词，后面跟一个句子。
She found out her husband was a devil long after her marriage.
她结婚很久以后发现她丈夫是一个的人。
23805051 \"试着做某事，尝试\" 强调用某种方法doing sth.24、try 如： 试验一下， 指效果。to do sth. “努力做某事” 强调作出的努力。1． Let’s try knocking at the back door..让我们敲敲后门试试看。
2． We will try to go home tomorrow. 明天我们争取回家。 ① need “必须（需要）做某事”。表被动意义。doing sth. “必须（需要）做某事”。 表主动意义。to do sth.
want doing sth / to do sth. 与此相同。
25、bring/ take/ fetch/ get/ carry
都有“拿”的意思，但用法差别很大，切勿混同。
Ⅰ.bring“拿来、带来”强调从别处带某人或某物来到说话人所在地。如：
The teacher asked the students to bring their dictionaries to the class.
Ⅱ.take“拿走、带走”强调人或事物离开说话人所在地，与bring的关系相当于go与come的相对关系。如： May I take this magazine home?
Ⅲ.fetch“去取来、去拿来” 指去取了东西又回来这一往返过程，相当于go and bring,但不同于bring，如： Please fetch me some chalk.
get与fetch意思相似，多用于口语。如： Go and get/fetch some water.
Ⅳ.carry“携带、搬运”强调某物从甲地移至乙地，带有物体随身移动但无固定方向。如： ① He carried the box upstairs.
另外空气、水、电携带物也用carry.如：
① The boat was carried by ocean currents to a small island.这船被大洋的水流飘至一小岛。
26、 care (about) / take care of/ care for
Ⅰ.take care of“照料=look after,即指喂饭照看等。如： ① Nurses take care of patients in hospital.
[注]：它还可表所负的责任，如：
① Mr Savage takes care of marketing and publicity. 萨维奇先生负责销售和宣传。
Ⅱ.care about表你是否认为某件事是重要的，某件事是否引起了你的兴趣或使你忧虑，常用于疑问句或否定句中，后接从句时，about一般都要省略。如：
I don’t care whether it rains, I’m happy. 我才不在乎下不下雨呢，我快活着呢。
10 / 88
Ⅲ.care for 有以下几种意思 1）“照料”（特别是多用在正式的或较文的文体中）如：
She spent the best years of her life caring for her sick father. 她把一生中最好的岁月都用来照料她那有病的父亲了。 2）“关怀”“关心”如：care for the younger generation 关怀年轻的一代 3）“喜欢、愿意”（多用在疑问句或否定句中）[care for sb. to do sth.] 如： ① Would you care for a cup of tea? 你喜欢喝一杯茶吗？
② I don’t/shouldn’t care for him to read this letter. 我不愿让他看这封信。
27、 carry on/ carry out/ carry through Ⅰ.carry on的意思是“进行、继续”，如：
① I tried to carry on a conversation in English, but could not. 我想用英语进行谈话，但是力不从
心。
② He told them to carry on. 他叫他们继续进行。 ③ Carry on (with) your work. 继续你的工作。 Ⅱ.carry out的意思是“贯彻、执行；完成、实现”，如：
① Sometimes it’s easy to make plans but difficult to carry them out. 有时候作计划容易而执行计划
却很难。
② Our plan was carried out successfully. 我们的计划胜利地完成。 Ⅲ.carry through 的意思是“完成-----，将-----进行到底；使（人）战胜困难，渡过难关。如： ① Carry the revolution through to the end. 将进行到底。 ② His courage will carry him through. 他的勇气使他战胜困难，渡过难关。
28、choose/ select/ elect
Ⅰ.choose的意思是“选择、挑选”，通常指在所提供的对象中，凭个人的判断力进行选择。如：
① You may choose from among them the one you like best. 你可以从它们中间挑选最喜欢的一个。 ② Let me choose a book from among these. 让我从这些书中选一本。 [注]choose后面可以接不定式，表示愿意、决定等意思。如： I didn’t choose to go. 我不愿意去。 Ⅱ.select的意思是“选择、挑选”，通常指从很多对象中精心地进行挑选，往往指根据被选择对象的优劣进行选择。如：
① The finest products were selected and sent to the exhibition. 选择了最好的产品送到展览会去。 ② They were selected from among many applicants. 他们是从许多报名者当中挑选出来的。 Ⅲ.elect的意思是“选、选举”，常指通过正式手续（如投票等）进行选举。如：
They elected him chairman. 他们选举他当。
这里如果改用choose/select，那就着重于选择的意义，不一定是正式选举，整个句子应为：They chose him as their chairman.
[注] pick 一词也可以表示挑选、选择的意思，含有仔细挑选的意味，有时也表示任意挑选的意思。如： Pick the best one. 挑选最好的吧。
29、cost/ spend/ pay/ take Ⅰ.cost 指某东西“值……钱”； “需要花费……钱/ 精力”等，它的主语一般为表示东西的名词，不能为表示人的名词，作及物动词和名词。可接双宾语，无被动语态。如：
① I’ll bet that dress cost a thousand dollars.我敢说那件衣服得花1000美元。 ② The chair cost me thirty yuan.这把椅子花了我30元。
③ The building of the dam cost many lives. 修建这个水坝使许多人丧生。（使花（某种代价）；使损失） ④ Bad driving may cost you your life.开车技术不行可能使你丢掉性命。
⑤ 作名词时意为“花费；成本”→The cost of the house was too high for me.这房子的价钱太高，我买不起。
[常用搭配]：
① at all costs 不惜一切代价，¬¬¬¬¬—→The officer told the soldiers that they must defend the town at all costs. 军官对士兵们说要不惜一切代价保卫这座城市。 ② at the cost of 以……为代价。
→1). He finished the work at the cost of his health. 他完成了这项工作，但失去了健康。 →2). She saved him from fire, but at the cost of her own life. 她从火中把他救出，但她自己却牺牲了。 ③ cost of living 生活费用。
—→As the cost of living goes up my standard of living goes down. 生活费用越上涨，我的生活水准越降低。
Ⅱ.spend 的主语经常是人 ， 用来表示人花钱买东西或花时间做某事， 常用的句型有： 如：
11 / 88
① I spend 5 yuan on the book.我买这书花五元钱。
② The boy spent 10 minutes drawing a dog.那个男孩花了10分钟画一只狗。 Ⅲ.pay “支付，花费”，主语只能是人 且只用于花费金钱，其结构是: pay + sb + some money + for sth. “为……付给某人多少钱” 其中的人、钱、事，可以根据具体情况取舍。如： ① I paid (him)5 yuan. 我付（给他）5元钱。
② I paid him 5 yuan for the book. 我买那本书付给了他五元钱。 ③ I paid him for the book. 我买那本书付给了他钱。 ④ I paid for the book. 我付了那本书的钱。 Ⅳ.take 也可表“花费时间和金钱”，（一般只指花费时间）
其常用结构为：It +take(各种时态)+time/money+to do sth. 如 It took me three hours to finish the work.
30、dress/ put on/ wear/ in/ try on
Ⅰ. dress “穿”指穿的动作，也指其状态。如：
① His mother dressed him in new clothes. 他的母亲给他穿上了新衣服。 ② Get up and dress quickly. 快起床穿衣。 ③ She dresses neatly. 他穿着整齐。
[注]：作vt，直接对象是人，而不是穿的衣服；作vi时，不能表穿什么衣服。 Ⅱ. put on “穿；戴”强调其动作。如： ① Put on your coat. 穿上大衣。
② He put on his hat and went out. 他戴上帽子出去了。 Ⅲ. wear “穿；戴” 强调其状态。如： ① He wears a coat. 他穿着大衣。
② The teacher wears glasses.老师戴着眼镜。
Ⅳ. in “穿；戴” 是介词。它构成的短语作定语或表语表其状态。其后还可接表颜色的词。如： ① She is in a coat . 她穿着大衣。
② The boy in blue is my brother. 那个穿蓝色衣服的男孩是我的弟弟。 Ⅴ. try on “试穿/ 戴”如：
Please go to the tailor’s to have a suit tried on. 请到裁缝店去试穿一套衣服。
31、each/ every “每个” Ⅰ. each 和every 常可通用，后跟单数名词。但也有一些区别：1）着重强调个体，而every 着重强调整体。如： ① Each student has got a new dictionary. 每个学生各有一本字典。 ② Every student has got a new dictionary. 每个学生都有一本字典。（every student = all the students） Ⅱ. each 用于指两个或两 个以上的人或事物， 而every 则用于指三个或三个以上的人或事物。 如： ① There are some ads on each side of the road. 公路的每一侧都有一些广告。（each side – both sides.
这个句子中的each 不能用every 代替。）
② You look more beautiful each / every time I see you. 每次见到你，你都看起来更漂亮。 Ⅲ. each 可用作代词，后跟“of+复数名词 / 代词”。动词仍然用单数，every 则不能这样用，因every是形容词。如：
① Each of students has got a new book. = Every one of the students has got a new book. = The students
each have got a new book.(The students have got a new book each.)每个学生各有一本新书。
② Each of them likes light music. = Every one of them likes light music. = They each like light music.
(They like light music each.) 他们人人都喜欢轻音乐。 32、else/ other“别的、其它的” Ⅰ. else adj.& adv 作形容词时，主要用在 who, whose , what , 等疑问代词，或，nobody, nothing, somebody, something, anybody, anything, 等不定代词之后作宾语；作副词用时，用在where,when等词后作状语。如： ① He said what else you would like? 他问你还想要什么？
② Where else are you going to stay? 你们还要在别的什么地停留？ Ⅱ. else 可带’s。读作：[′elsiz] . 如：
I took someone else’s book by mistake. 我错拿了别人的书 Ⅲ. other 是形容词，有来修饰名词时，须放在名词之前。如： Where are the other boys? 其它的男孩在哪里？ Ⅳ. 还可以修饰代词one, 或ones. 如：
This story is more interesting than the other one. 这个故事比那个故事更有趣。
33、every day/ everyday Ⅰ.every day连写和分开，不但在句中的作用不同，意义也不同。 every day是副词词组，意为“每天、天天”，在句中作状语。如：
We go to school every day.
12 / 88
Ⅱ.everyday是形容词，意为“日常的、普通的”，在句中作定语。如： I study everyday English every day.
34、 every one/ everyone Ⅰ.every one是“每个”的意思，通常指物，后面常跟of短语。但跟of短语的every one既可指人，也可指物。具体指什么要看of短语的内容。如：
① He ate up every one of those apples. 他把那些苹果一个个都吃完了。 ② Every one of us went there. 我们每个人都去了那儿。 Ⅱ.everyone是代词（=everybody）,意思是“每个人、人人”，但一般不指具体哪个人，后接单数动词。如果需要跟物主代词，应用their或his，其后不跟of引起的介词短语。如： ① Is everyone here? ② Everyone can do it.
[注]every one后不与of连用时，即可指人又可指物，指人时与everyone 相同。如： Everyone (every one) can do it. every one与of连用必须分开写。
everyone 与not连用，只表示部分否定，并不是每个人的意思。
35、excuse …for/ excuse … from Ⅰ. excuse … for “原谅某事”。如：
① He excused me for being late. 他原谅我迟到了。
② Please excuse me for using your telephone without asking permission. 请原谅我没经你允许就用了你
的电话。
Ⅱ. excuse … from “使免于……，允许不……”如：
① The teacher excused him from the examination. 教师同意他免试。 ② The boy was excused from doing housework. 允许这男孩不做家务事。
36、faraway/ far away
Ⅰ.faraway指时间、距离、程度等，“遥远的”如： the faraway guests 远方的客人 它还可表“心不在焉的”。如： a faraway look 恍惚的神色
Ⅱ.far away是副词词组，只表距离远，在句中作状语还常作后置定语。如： ① He’s standing far away. ② He lived in a small village far away.
37、festival/ holiday/ red-letter day/ vacation
Ⅰ.festival“节日”其特点是同欢乐，如：外国的圣诞节，我国的春节等。
① Christmas and Easter are Church festival.圣诞节和复活节都是教会的节日。 ② A number of new films were shown during the Spring Festival. Ⅱ.red-letter day “纪念、节日、大喜日子”，指日历是用红字标明的日子，如： There are many red-letter day round the year.
Ⅲ.vacation通常指按规定停下工作或学习等活动而休息的一段时间，一般较长，如学校里的寒暑假。如： The summer vacation is over. 暑假已经过去了。
Ⅳ. holiday n. 一般表示时间可长可短的假期，为可数名词。与季节连用时多用复数；与数词连用时只表示次数，不表示日期。例如：
We have had three holidays since the beginning of the year.
但三天的假期应说：a holiday of three days或a three days’ holiday。
vacation n. 一般表示比较长的假期，多指大学的假期、法庭的休庭期。至于寒、暑假，英国人喜欢用：summer/winter holidays，美国人喜欢用：summer/winter vacation，区别不大。例如： We spent our summer holidays/vacation in the countryside this year. My Dad is now on holiday/vacation in Beijing.(表示状态)
Every year, we go to the island for holiday/vacation.(表示目的)
(holiday/vacation用单数，前面也不加冠词，但可用on/for one’s holidays)
38、fairly /quite / rather
Ⅰ. fairly 多用于褒义，语气最弱，表“适度、尚可”等意思。
① It’s fairly cold out; wear a jacket. 外面颇冷，穿件外套。 ② This is a fairly easy book. 这是一本相当浅易的书。 Ⅱ. Quite 与fairly 用法相似，但语气较强。如：
① It is quite cold out; wear a coat. 外面很冷，穿件外套。
13 / 88
② You are not quite happy this morning. 你今天早上我太高兴。 Ⅲ. rather 多用于贬义。语气在这三个词中最强。如：
It is rather cold out; wear a warm coat. 外面相当冷，穿件暖和衣。
39、fight/ struggle/battle Ⅰ.fight 意为“战斗”，指人与人，动物与动物，用武器或不用武器的战斗，也可以引伸其义，如： They fought their enemies bravely. 他们勇敢斗敌。 Ⅱ.struggle意为“斗争”，指那些费力、很艰苦、时间长的斗争，如：
His life was a hard struggle with sickness. 他一生与疾病作了艰苦的斗争。 Ⅲ.battle“作战”，一般指有组织的武装之间的斗争。如： They were wounded in battle. 他们都在战斗中受了伤。
作为名词时，fight和battle都有“战斗”的意思，有时可以通用。如： The fight/battle lasted a long time. 这次战斗持续了很长时间。
1） fight的意义比较广泛，还可指人对自然界的斗争，有时也指人们之间的斗争。如： We have starded a fight against pollution. 我们已开始了一场消除污染的斗争。 2） struggle相当于a hard fight（奋斗），如： The slaves won their struggle for freedom. 奴隶们为自由而进行的斗争胜利了。
40、famous as / famous for
Ⅰ. (be) famous as “以（某种身份）……出名（著名）”as后跟人宾语往往与主语同位。如： ① She is famous as a poet. 他以一名诗人而著名。
② The town is famous as a car-making place. 该城镇以制造汽车而闻名。 Ⅱ. (be) famouse for “困……而闻名（驰名）”表示由于某种特征而出名，for后的宾语一般为主语人从属内容。如：
① China has been famous for its silk. 中国素以丝绸闻名。
This city is famous for its big gambling resort. 该市因其大赌场而驰名。
41、grow / keep / raise / plant
Ⅰ. grow & plant 都可表示“种植”如种植草、树、苗、花卉粮食等植物。grow 着重指种植以后的栽培、管理过程。
plant 着重指“种植”这一行为。某人plant a tree 之后，树是死是活，不一定管，但某人grow a tree 则包括培育管理，使其生长的过程。如： ① The students are planting trees on the hill. 学生们正在山坡上栽树。（不用grow） ② The farmer grows wheat in this field.那位农民在这块田里种植小麦。（不用plant） ③ People grow bananas in Hainan. 海南种植香蕉。（不用plant）
Ⅱ. keep 表“赡养”后可接表人或动物的名词，不用来代替plant 或grow. 如： ① He has a wife and three children to keep. 他要养活妻子和三个孩子。 ② My grandma keeps pigs and hens. 我奶奶养猪养鸡。
③ My uncle has a large family to keep. 我叔叔要养活一大家人。 Ⅲ. raise 除表“饲养（动物）”以外，还可表示“教育（子女）”； “培育（植物）”。如： ① We raised a good crop of tomatoes this year.今年我们种的西红柿长得很好。 ② My grandma raised a family of five. 我祖母养育了五口之家。 ③ Where were you raised ? 你在哪儿长大？
④ He raised some flowers in the back garden. 他在后园里种了一些花。 [注]：raise 强调从小精心培养到大，通常指培养花卉以及较难管理的植物。如： ① Let’s grow / raise some flowers in the garden.咱们在园子里种些花吧。 ① We grow rice, wheat and cotton in my hometown. 在家乡，我们种植水稻、小麦和棉花。（不宜用raise）
42、hand in/ turn in
Ⅰ. hand in “传递、交给”。指交作业等。如：
The teacher told them to hand in their exercise-books. 老师要他们交作业本。 Ⅱ. turn in “上交、交出”。指将某物归公。或交给上级或组织以便找到失主。一般也可与hand in 互换。如： ① You should turn in the money. 你应该把那钱上缴。
② You should turn in / hand in your finished homework.你们应该把完成的作业交上来。
43、have been to / have been in / have gone to Ⅰ. have been to … 表示：“曾经到过某处”但目前人未在那儿。如：
① Where have you been? 你到哪儿去了？（现在已回来）I have been to Beijing. 我去北京了。（现不在北
京）
② I have never been there before, have I? 我以前从未去过那儿，是吗？
14 / 88
Ⅱ. have been in 表示：“去了某地，并曾在那儿（一段时间），或现在仍在那儿。 ① She has been in Shanghai for a few weeks. Ⅲ. have gone to … 表示：“去了”指人已经走了，（至少目前不在说话的地点，在去的途中或已经到目的地）。如：
① Kate isn’t at home, She has gome to school. 凯特不在家，她上学去了。（在路上或已经在学校了）。 ② She isn’t here, she has gone to Nanjing. 她不在这儿，她去南京了。
44、hanged / hung
这两个词都是hang的过去分词。
Ⅰ. hanged 是hang用作“上吊；绞死”时的过去时和过去分词。
① The murderer was hanged this morning. 那个杀人犯今天上午被绞死。 ② He hanged himself from a beam in the attic. 他在阁楼上悬梁自尽了。 Ⅱ. hung 是hang 用作“悬挂；下垂”等 意思时过去时和过去分词。如：
① She hung the Christmas decorations on the tree. 她把圣诞节的装饰品挂在树上。 ② He hung his head in shame. 他羞耻得垂下脑袋。
45、hurry up/ hurry off(away) / hurry to Ⅰ. hurry up 中的up是副词。“赶快、快点、加紧”之意。含有催促、命令之意。且常用于肯定结构，偶而用于否定结构时，up可省。如：
① Hurry up! There is not enough time. 赶快！时间不够了。 ② Don’t hurry. There is enough time. 别着急。还有时间。 Ⅱ.hurry off / away中的 away是副词。“匆匆离去”无催促之意。如：
① Li Lei hurried off /away without a word. 李雷一句话不说就匆匆走了。
② With this, the woman hurried away / off. = With this, the woman went away in a hurry.说完这话，
那妇人匆匆离去。
Ⅲ. hurry to 是短语动词。to 介词。“匆匆去某地”如：
① He hurried to his office. = He went to his office in a hurry. Ⅳ. in a hurry. 介词短语。“匆忙地（地）”，“慌忙地（的）”
① She dressed herself for the party in a hurry. 她为参加联欢会而匆忙地换穿衣服。 ② You are always in a hurry. 你总是匆匆忙忙地。
46、hurt/ injure/ wound
Ⅰ.hurt的意思是“使受伤、使疼痛、使伤心、伤害”，它是普通用语，可以表示使肉体受伤或疼痛，也可以表示使感情受到伤害。如：
① He hurt his back when he fell. 他跌到时伤了背部。
② My shoe is too tight, it hurts (me). 我的鞋太紧，使我的脚感到痛。 ③ That’ll hurt her feelings. 那会伤她的感情。 Ⅱ.injure的意思是“伤害、损害”，指损害一个人的外表、健康、完好的东西（如自尊心、名誉、成就）等。如： ① He injured an arm in a car accident. 他在一次车祸中伤了一只手臂。 ② You will injure your health by smoking too much. 你吸烟太多，有伤身体。 ③ This injured his pride. 这伤了他的自尊心。 Ⅲ.wound的意思是“受伤、伤害”，通常指因外来的暴力使身体受伤，尤指在战争中或遭袭击受伤。它也可以指精神上受创伤。如：
① Ten soldiers were killed and thirty wounded. 十名士兵阵亡，三十名受伤。 ② The bullet wounded him in the shoulder. 弹打伤了他的肩膀。 ③ He felt wounded in his honour. 他觉得他的名誉受到了伤害。
47、in the future/in future
这两个词组都有“在将来”的意思，但含义上有区别。
Ⅰ.in furture多指从现在开始近期的将来，在时间上包括现在。如： ① You must be more careful in furture. 你今后必须更加小心。
② He promised to give me more help in furture. 他答应今后给我更多的帮助。 Ⅱ.in the furture多指较遥远的将来的某一时间，在时间概念上一般不包括现在。如： ① Who can tell what will happen in the furture? 谁能说准将来会发生什么？
② In the furture travel agencies may be organizing trips to the moon. 将来，旅行社可能会组织去月
球的旅行。
[注] in the furture 的 furture 前加形容词时，不要去掉 the 。如in the near/far /distant furture。
48、in/ on/ to
Ⅰ.in 表示“在某范围之内”，如：
15 / 88
① In the Northwest, there will be snow in the night. ② Beijing is in the north of China. Ⅱ.on 表示“两地接壤”。如：
① Tianjin is on the north of Beijing. ② Jiangshu is on the south of Shandong. Ⅲ.to 表示“在某范围之外，两地不接壤”。如：
① There will be a strong wind to the north of the Huai River. ② Japan is to the east of China.
49、join / join in / take part in
Ⅰ. join 可用来表示加入某个政党、团体、组织等， 指成为其中的成员。如： ① My uncle joined the Party in 19.
② We are going for a swim .Will you come and join us. 我们要去游泳，你和我们一起去好吗？ Ⅱ. join in 表“加入、参与”某种活动，后接名词或动词的ing 形式，表“参加某人的活动”可以说：join sb. in (doing) sth. 如：
① He joined them in the work.他同他们一起工作。
② Will you join us in playing basketball? 你跟我们一起打篮球好吗？
Ⅲ. take part in 指“参加”会议、考试、竞赛或群众性活动，重在说明句子主语参加该项活动并在其中发挥作用。如：
① The teacher took part in our discussion yesterday. 昨天老师参加了我们的讨论。 ② When will you take part in the meeting? 你将在什么时候参加会议？ [注意]：join in 后面可以不跟宾语。而take part in 后面必须跟宾语。如： Let me join in. 让我参加吧。
50、known as / known by / known for/ known to Ⅰ. known as “作为…而出名”；“被称作…”，as后面的宾语与句子主语是同位的。如： ① George is known as a successful banker. 乔治作为成功的银行家而出名。
th
② The first tomb, known as Chang Ling, was built in the 15 century. 第一座陵墓叫长陵修建于是５世
纪。
Ⅱ. known by “凭……来判断或认识”一般不太常用，多出现在某些谚语中。如： ① A man is known by the company he keeps. (谚)见其友，知其人。 Ⅲ. known for “因……而出名”，for后面多接表示特征、品质之类的词。如： ① Guilin is known for its beautiful sceneries. 桂林因风景优美而闻名。 ② He is known for his frankness. 他以坦率而出名。 Ⅳ. known to “为……所知的”，to后面常接表示人的名词或代词。如： ① She is known to everyone in the college. 他在学院里人人皆知。
② The usage of that word is known to us all. 这个词的用法我们人人皆知。
51、journey/ trip/ voyage/ tour/ travel Ⅰ. journey “旅游” 着重指：从甲地到乙地所走的路程和花费的时间。多指陆路“旅游”用英语可解释为：a trip of some distance usually by land.
Ⅱ. travel “旅行、游历”多指到世界各地的活动，国与国之间旅行，（没有回到原出发地的含义）表某次具体的旅行时，常用复数。英译为：the activity of moving about the world.
① On his doctor’s advice, he went on his travels. 遵照医生的意见，他出发旅行了。 ② He came home after years of foreign travel.
Ⅲ. trip 多指带有特殊目的或定期的旅行，为了高兴进行的较短距离的，旅游或远足。 ① We’ll make a trip on Sunday.
② He came back from a trip. 他旅归来。 Ⅳ. tour “周游、旅游、观光、游览”等，多指不同地点的漫游或短途旅行参观。通常是回到原出发地点时就意味着旅行结束。英译：a journey during which several places of interest are visited; a short trip to or through a place on order to see it. 如： ① I’m going to set out on a walking tour. 我即将动身去徒步旅行。 ② He has gone for a tour in Europe.
Ⅴ. voyage ['vɔiidʒ] 多指较长距离的水上航行，但也指空中航行。
① He made a voyage from Shanghai to Qingdao. 他从上海航行到青岛。 ② They made a voyage to France by air.他们乘飞机到法国。
52、lay / lie
这两个词常易混淆，主要是因为两者的意义及它们的过去式和分词形式极易混淆。 Ⅰ.lay通常用作及物动词，意为“摆、放、下蛋或产卵”等，过去式、过去分词和现在分词分别为laid, laid, laying。
16 / 88
如：
① He laid the papers on the desk and then went out. 他把文件放在桌上，然后出去了。 ② They were laying the foundation of the house. 他们在给房子打地基。
③ The cuckoo lays its eggs in other birds’ nets. 杜鹃在别的鸟巢中产卵。 Ⅱ.lie一般作不及物动词用，作“躺；平放”解时，其过去式和过去分词分别为lay, lain;作“撒谎”解时，其过去式和过去分词均为lied，现在分词均为lying 。如：
① She lay on the beach all morning. 她整个上午都躺在沙滩上。
② How long has he lain there like that? 他像那样躺在那儿有多久了？ ③ He lied to me. 他对我撒了谎。
53、what’s …like?/ How’s …?
Ⅰ. What’s …like? “询问某人或事物的持久的特性、特征， 如相貌等。 如：
① ---What’s your elder sister like? ---She’s a kind and humorous woman. 你姐是怎样一个人？ 她是
一个既和善又幽默的女人。
② ---What’s your father like? ---He is tall and fat. 你父亲长得怎么样？ 他又高又胖。
③ ---What’s the spring in the north like? ---It’s usually very windy and dry. 北方的春天
怎么样？ 通常风很大而且干燥。
Ⅱ. How’s …? 用来询问暂时 的情况，或对经历过事的感受，或问候别人的健康。如：
① --How’s your study these days? --Very well. Thank you. 近来的学习情况怎样？ 很好， 谢谢。 ② How was the film last night? Great! 昨晚的电影怎么样？ 好极了！ ① How is your sister? She’s very well. 你姐好吗（身体怎样）？ 她很好。 [注意]：下面两句子的含义是不一样的。 ① How was the film? 这电影怎样？
② What was the film like? 这电影讲什么？（请对方对电影作一番描述或评论）
、most /a most / the most
Ⅰ. most adv. 前无冠词，一般表“很、十分”如： ① Most likely it will rain. 很可能要下雨了。
② Ｔhe author is most serious in writing the essay. 作者写这篇文章的态度是很严肃的。 Ⅱ. a most 后接形容词，修饰单数可数名词，意思是“很，十分”如： ① That was a most enjoyable party. 那是一次非常快乐的晚会。
② These children lead a most happy life. 这些孩子过着非常幸福的生活。 Ⅲ. the most 是much or many 的最高级。意为“最”如：
① That’s the most beautiful place I’ve ever been. 那是我到过的最美丽的地方。 55、much too/ too much
Ⅰ. much too 太、非常， 用作副词词组，修饰形容词或其它副词。如：
① It’s much too cold today. 今天天气太冷。
② The old man walked much too slowly. 这位老人走得太慢了。 Ⅱ. too much “太多”有三种用法： 1． 用作名词词组。如：
③ You gave me too much. 你给我的太多了。 2． 用作形容词词组。修饰不可数名词。如：
④ I don’t like winter because there’s too much snow and ice.我不喜欢冬天，因为雪和冰太多了。 3． 用作副词词组，修饰动词，如：
⑤ Don’t speak too much. 别讲得太多。
[注]：much too 与too much都可用作副词词组，但too much 不可以修饰形容词，much too 不可以修饰动词。 56、many/ much/ a lot of/ lots of/ a good or great many/ many a / a number of/ a great or large number of/ a great deal of/ plenty of/ 作主语时 词汇 后面可跟的词 谓语动词的形式 many much 复数可数名词 不可数名词 复数可数名词与不可数名词（一般用于肯定句中；否定句和疑问句多用many, much） 复数 单三式 复数或 单三式 ofa lot lots of 17 / 88
agoodmany great复数可数名词 单数可数名词 复数 单三式 many a anumberof greatanumber oflargea great deal of 复数可数名词 复数 复数可数名词 与不可数名词 复数可数名词或不可数名词（一般用于肯定句中；否定句或疑问句多用enough, many much） 复数或 单三式 复数或 单三式 plenty of 57、next / the next Ⅰ. next
week 下周 下周一用于将来时态中 Monday 下个月month明年yearsummer明年夏天week 第二周Ⅱ. the next 第二周的周一用于过去时态中。有时也可用于将来时。如： Monday 第二个月month第二年yearsummer第二年夏天① I’ll finish school next June. The next month I’ll go on trip to my hometwon. 明年六月我要毕
业了，第二个月（即七月）我就要回家乡。
② She said in her letter that she would visit us the next week. 她在信中说她要在第二个星期拜访我
们。
58、no / not Ⅰ. no “不”既可作形容词，又可作副词。作形容词时用来否定名词、代词或动名词。作副词时，主要用于否定回答。
① The poor boy had no money for books. 那个穷孩子没钱买书。 ② No smoking. 禁止吸烟。
③ Isn’t he a teacher? No, he isn’t.
Ⅱ. not “不”只用作副词。用来否定动词、不定式、形容词或副词。通常放在“三类词”（情态动词，助动词，系动词）之后，行为动词之前。否定不定式时，直接放在不定式的小品词to前。如： ① I have not been to Beijing. ② He doesn’t like reading.
▲ no 和not 都可与形容词或副词的比较级连用，但句子的含义不同。如： ① I am no taller than he. 我不比他高。（两人都矮） ② I am not taller than he. 我不比他更高。（两人都高） ▲ no = not a 或not any 如：
① She has no books = She doesn’t have a book. = She does not have any books. ▲ no 表示它所修饰的名词的相反的意思。而not只能表示一般的否定。如： ① He is no teacher. 他根本（绝）不是老师。（不善于教书） ② He is not a teacher. 他不是老师。（可能是其它职业） ③ He is no fool = He is clever. 他不笨（他是聪明的）
18 / 88
④ He is not a fool. 他不是个傻子。
59、no longer/ not…any longer/ no more / not any more
Ⅰ. no longer = not … any longer, “不再”强调时间和动作不再持续，常与状态动词和延续性动词连用，如wait, stay, be等。 但no longer与no more 一样通常放在“三类词（情态动词、 助动词、连系动词）”之后。行为动词之前。而not … any longer 与not … any more 一样，其中的not与谓语动词构成否定式，常放在“三类词”之后。any longer,与any more 放在句末。如：
① He’s no longer living in this city. 他不住在这个城市了。 ② You are not a child any longer. 你已不再是个孩子了。
Ⅱ. no more = not … any more “不再”强调数量、次数上不再增加和强调动作终止的结果，因此，常与名词、瞬间动词连用，如hear, see, leave等。如： ① There’s no more bread. 不再有面包了。 He didn’t go there any more. 他再没去过那儿
60、no matter what/ whatever/ what ever
Ⅰ.no matter what“不管什么，无论什么”用来引导让步状语从句。类似的词组还有：no matter where “不论哪里”, no matter which “不论哪一个”，no matter how“不论怎样”如：
① They are going to win the football match, no matter how bad the weather is. 不管天气多么糟糕，
他们会赢得这场足球比赛。
② No matter who knocks, don’t open the door. 不管谁敲门，都不要开门。
③ Give me a call first no matter when you come. 不管什么时候来，都请你先给我打个电话。 Ⅱ.whatever 是连接代词，可以作“无论什么”解，引导让步状语从句，可以这样用的连接代词或连接副词有whoever, whichever, whenever, wherever, however等。如：
① Whatever you do, do your best. =No matter what you do, do your best. 无论你干什么，都要尽最大努
力去干。
② Whoever telephones, tell him I am out. = No matter who telephones, tell him I am out. 无论谁
给我打电话，就说我出去了。
③ Wherever he may be, he will be happy. = No matter where he may be, he will be happy. 无论在什么
地方，他都是乐呵呵的。
Ⅲ.whatever 还可以解作 “凡是……的；所……的东西”(anything that)，用来引导一个名词性从句，这时不能用no matter what 替换。如：
① Take whatever you want. 你要什么就拿什么吧。
② Whatever I have is yours. 我所有的东西全都是你的。 Ⅳ. what ever 中的ever意为“究竟；到底”，用在疑问词what后面，以加强语气，着重表示说话者的情绪，如惊讶、愤怒、兴奋等，what ever 在意义上等于what on earth 或what in the world, 其他疑问词也可以这样用。如：
① What ever do you think you’re doing?你想想，你到底在干什么？ ② Who ever left the door open?究竟是谁把门敞着不关？
③ Where ever did you pick up the pen? 你到底在哪儿捡到的这支钢笔？
61、personal/ personnel
Ⅰ. personal [｀pә:sәnl]与 personnel[ pә:sә｀nel]两个词音形相近，但词性和词义不同。如： personal 是形容词，“个人的；私人的；亲身的”。
① That is my personal opinion. 那是我个人的意见。 ② She made a personal appearance. 她亲自到场。 Ⅱ. personnel 是个集体名词，没有复数形式。“全体人员；工作人员”如： ① Our personnel are very highly trained. 我们的工作人员训练有素。
② The personnel are unhappy about these changes. 全体工作人员都不满意这些变动。
62、quick/ fast / rapid /soon
Ⅰ. quick “快”一般指动作敏捷迅速，毫不延迟，在较短的时间内发生或完成某项动作。如： ① She ran with quick steps to the house. 她快步跑进屋子。 Ⅱ. fast“快”主要用作副词。指运动着的人或物体速度快。 ① The watch is only two minutes fast. 这只表只快两分钟。
Ⅲ. rapid 指一个或一连串的动作迅速、敏捷，着重指运动本身，有时也指激流。如：
① The diligent boy makes rapid progress in his studies. 这个勤奋的男孩儿学业进步迅速。 ② Their country house stands by a rapid steam. 他们的农舍在急流的溪边。 Ⅳ. soon 着重指时间方面的快，可指现在或某个特定的时间的不久以后。如： ① He will come back very soon.他将很快就回来。
19 / 88
63、quite/ rather/ very 都是程度副词，意为：“非常、相当、很”，无比较级和最高级。其区别在于： Ⅰ. quite 可直接修饰动词。如：
① Some people don’t like the winter, but I quite like it.
Ⅱ. rather 不可直接修饰动词。语气稍强。可与would 连用构成 would rather…than…这个平行连词结构。如：
① She is rather tall. 她相当高。
② Ｉwould rather stay at home(than go for a walk) 我宁愿呆在家里。（也不愿到散步） ③ I would rather you stayed at home.
④ I would rather listen to music than to swimming. 我宁愿听音乐，也不愿去游泳。 Ⅲ. very 也不能直接修饰动词。修饰形容词或副词时，语气最强。如： ① I like English very much = I quite like English.
② His English is very good. (程度强=excellent) →His English is quite (rather) good. (程度轻＝not
bad) ［注］：quite (rather) 和very 与“不定冠词＋形容词＋名词”连用时位置不同。其排列顺序是： ▲ “quite + a (an) +adj + noun” 如： ① This is quite an interesting film. “a + very + adj + noun” 如：
① I watched a very interesting TV play. quite：The girl is quite beautiful.
quite一般修饰好的方面。当very修饰褒义的东西时，可以与quite互换。 rather：The girl is rather ugly.
rather一般修饰坏的方面。当very修饰贬义的东西时，可以与rather互换。
rather多用于贬义形容词、too及比较级前。如:It was a rather difficult question. 这是个相当难的问题。Shut up! You are talking rather too much. 闭嘴！你说得实在太多了。
、such so
当单数可数名词前面有形容词修饰时，也可以有 so, 但要调整冠词的位置。 ① He told us so funny a story. 他给我讲了一个如此有趣的故事。 如果被修饰的名词前有表 “多”或“少”这两个意义的 many, much, small 和 little 时，用 so 而不用 such. 如：
① Don’t bame him. He is just such a little boy. 别责备他，他只是这么小的一个孩子。
② We have a long way to go yet, but there’s so little water left. 我们还有很长的路要走，但所剩的
水已很少了。
65、talk with/ talk of/ talk on/ talk about
Ⅰ. talk with 后接的对象作宾语，介词with可用to代替。如： ① He was talking with / to a friend. 他在与一位朋友谈话。
Ⅱ. talk about “谈论”，后接谈话的内容，宾语可以是人，也可以是物。如： ① What are you talking about ?你们在谈论什么？ ② Let’s not talk about it now. 咱们别谈这事了。
Ⅲ. talk of “谈到、谈及”，与talk about 同义，只是talk of 仅指“浅谈表面现象（如作者、书名等）”如：
① We often talk of you. 我们常谈到你。
Ⅳ. talk on “论述”不仅指内容，而且还指评论。如： ① They seldom talk on politics in those days. 那时候他们很少谈论政治。
但在表示提起某事时倾向于tell of ；在表示详细地讲述有关情况时，倾向于tell about。如： ① Have you told your mother of your idea? 你把比的想法告诉你母亲了吗？ ② I told her about that the other day. 前些天我和她谈了这件事。
66、think of / think about/think over
Ⅰ. think of “想起、记起；有……想法、看法；对……有意见；考虑” 如： ① Will you think of me after I’ve left? 我离开后，你还会记着我吗？
② I know the person you mean,but I can’t think of his name. 我知道你讲的人是谁，但记不起他的名字。
③ We are thinking of going to Spain for our holiday this year.我们今年有 到西班牙去休假的想法（打算）。
④ What do you think of my new dress? 你认为我的新衣服怎么样？(可与think about 互换) ⑤ She thinks of no one but herself.她除自己外不考虑任何人。
Ⅱ. 当它作“想到过去的某事”或“考虑到某事”解时，常与think about 通用。即：“……考虑”；“对……看
20 / 88
法”
① We have many things to think of / about before going there. 在动身去那之前，我们还有许多事情要
考虑。 ② 见Ⅰ④
Ⅲ.think about 可以表“想、回想”着重于想的过程。如：
① I am thinking about the friends I have lost.我正在回想那些失去了的朋友。
[注]：think of 可以表“想象一下，想想”而think about 则不能。—→Think of your mother!想想你的母亲吧！
—→Think of the danger! 想象一下危险吧！ Ⅳ.think over “仔细考虑”其中over 是副词。如：
①I will think the thing over. 我要把这事仔细考虑一下。
67、think much(well) of/ think highly of/think little(poorly) of/ sing high praise of/ speak highly of
Ⅰ. speak highly of “高度评价，赞扬”，相当于 think highly of 如：
① Our headmaster spoke highly of my classmates at the meeting. 我们校长在会上高度赞扬了我班的同学。 ② The people speak highly of the TV play. 人们对这部电视剧评价很高。 [注] speak 构成的短语：
speak English 讲英语（某种语言）；speak to sb. 和某人交谈；
speak well / ill of 说……的好/坏话；speak like a book 大胆地说 speak for oneself 为自己辩护。
Ⅱ. think much well of “对……印象很好”如：
① We all think well of your suggestion. 我们都认为你的建议很好。 Ⅲ. think little / poorly / badly of “对……印象不好”如：
① You thought very badly of him at first, didn’t you? 起初你对他印象很坏，是吧？ Ⅳ. think much of “比……更看重（考虑得多）”如：
① He thought more of health than of money. 和金钱相比他更看重健康。 Ⅴ. sing high praise for “高度赞扬某人/某物”
68、very 作为形容词，常与the, this或my, your等连用，以加强语气，表“正是那个”“恰好的”等。如： ① You are the very person I’m looking for. (= You are the right person …) 你正是我要找的人。 ② The two men fought on this very spot. (= right in this place) 那两个男子就是在这个地方打起来的。
69、work / job Ⅰ.job “工作”，既可指固定的工作，也可指临时的或某项具体的工作，是可数名词，前面可用不定冠词a, 也可以有复数形式。如：
① John lost his job. John失业了。
② There were just not enough jobs.没有 那么多的工作（可干）。 ③ Tom’s father is looking for a job.
Ⅱ,work 是个普通用词，泛指一切工作，是不可数名词。如：
① I have a lot of work to do this evening. 教师的工作就是教学。 ② A teacher’s work is teaching.老师的工作就是教学。 [联想]：搭配
apply/hunt for a job.求职 get/ find a job.找到一份工作 lose one’s job。失业 perform odd job.打零工 quit a job. 辞职 have/work a side job 兼职 take a part-time/full-time job in a department store. 在百货公司担任兼职或专职工作。
70、work at/ work on
Ⅰ. work at 与work on 都可以作“从事于”，后接名词、代词、或动词-ing 形式作宾语。 Work at 侧重于表示所从事的工作和性质，而不在于说明正在做什么。此时可将work at 译为“学习，研究，写作，致力于”等。如：
① They have worked at this subject for many years. 他们研究这个课题已经有好多年了。 ② He is working at a new invention. 他正致力于一项新的发明。 Ⅱ. work on 侧重于表示“从事某项工作”。可将它译为“造；创作；画；做……”。宾语为其具体的对象。常用于进行时态和完成时态。还可表示：“继续工作；对……起作用”如： ① We’re workin on some wood-cuts. 他们正在创作一些木刻作品。
② He has been working on this painting for days. 这张画他已画了好些天了。 ③ They will work on till sunset. 他们将继续工作，直到日落。
21 / 88
④ This medicine will work on the affected part. 这药能对患部起作用。
71、miracle一般指被认为是人力所办不到的奇异的事情 wonder主要指人创造的奇迹 72、above all 首先;尤其是;最重要的是
He is strong, brave and, above all, honest. 他强壮,勇敢,最重要的是他诚实。 after all 毕竟;终究;到底
It turned out he went by train after all. 结果他还是乘火车去的。 at all
1、(否定句)丝毫;根本
I don't like her at all. 我一点都不喜欢她。
2. (问句、条件句及肯定句内表示强调)究竟 He'll come before 12 if he comes at all. 如果他真的要来的话,肯定在十二点以前。
Is it at all possible that he alone can drink ten bottles of beer? 难道他真的能独个儿喝十瓶啤酒吗?
73、shut off 关掉， 排除， 切断， 隔绝 Tell him to shut off the motor. 告诉他把发动机关掉。
You must shut the gas supply off if there's a leak. 煤气泄漏时，必须把截门关上。
His deafness shuts him off from the lives of others. 他耳聋阻碍了他与别人的交往。
The village is shut off from the world by lakes and marshes. 这个村子周围有湖泊与沼泽地，隔断了与外界的联系。
74、1. agree (to sth) 意为“同意；愿意；答应（某事物）”。如：Is he going to agree to our suggestion? 他会同意我们的建议吗？ 2. agree with sb 意为“适合（某人的健康或胃口）”，尤用于否定句或疑问句中。如：The climate there doesn\\'t agree with him. 那里的气候对他不合适。
3. agree (with sb) (about / on sth) 意为“同意；（与某人）意见一致”。如：We couldn\\'t agree on a date/ when to meet. 关于日期（什么时候见面），我们没有能取得一致意见。
4. agree sth意为“在某事物上取得一致意见；商定”。如：Can we agree a price? 我们能不能商定一个价格？
5. agree (with sth) 意为“与（某事物）相一致；相符合；相吻合”。如：Your thoughts didn\\'t agree with mine. 你的想法和我的想法不一致。
6. be agreed（on /about sth）意为“达成协议；意见一致”。如：We are all agreed on the best action. 我们都同意这一最佳措施。 7. agree后面还可以接宾语从句，即be agreed that ...如：It was agreed that another meeting was necessary. 大家都认为有必要再开一次会。
75、set up+抽象名词
put up+具体名词
construct+建筑 较build正式 set up 创立，建立
例子：Plenty of foreign firms have set up factories here. 很多外国公司已在这里开办工厂。 put up 建立; 竖起
例子：I want to put up a fence between our property and our neighbor's.
22 / 88
我要在我们和邻居的地产之间修道篱笆。 construct 修建, 建立
例子：They constructed the bridge in a year. 他们花一年时间建起了那座桥。 build 开发, 创建
例子： He built a school for the blind. 他创办了一所盲人学校。
区别：一般建房，工程那些用construct，build，其中build也可以用在一些抽象的东西上。set up 创立，有创始的意思，put up 用于小的建筑。buid是建筑，或者建起抽象的东西（房屋，习惯等） set up 主要是建立组织， found和establish 是建立层面较大的机构。 区别主要是这个。 found：v.[T]
76、close(adj (-r, -st)) ,near (-er / ˈnɪərə(r); ˋnɪrɚ/ -est / ˈnɪərɪst;ˋnɪrɪst/), nearby 它们都有一个意思就是“在空间范围上很接近的”， 例如an airport close to town城镇附近的机场 a nearby library附近的图书馆 an inn near London靠近伦敦的酒馆
close 作定语修饰名词，表示关系密切，严厉，仔细详细。
其中close,near的意思更广，它们也有“在时间，程度上很接近的”意思 The children are close to each other in age. 孩子们彼此的年龄很接近. Their birthdays are very close together. 他们的生日紧挨着.
We hope to move to the country in the near future, ie very soon. 我们希望最近搬到乡村去住. 4.15 is too near to the time of departure. 4点15分离分别的时间太近了. a close friend 死党（很亲密的朋友） a near relative 近亲
但是nearby不可以这么用，它只指空间上接近 kin亲属
next of kin: 最近的血亲;最亲的亲戚 near kin：近亲 close kin：至亲
也就是说,close kin＞next of kin＞near kin
77、alive/ living/ the living/ live/ dead Ⅰ. alive adj“活着的”“在世的”，它既可修饰人也可修饰物。可作表语，定语。作定语时，应放在被修饰的名词之后。如：
③ They were alive and as happy as ever. 他们都还活着，并跟以前一样快活。
④ All the other comrades were killed in the battle. He was the only man alive. 所有的同志都还
活着亡了，他是唯一的幸存者。
Ⅱ.living adj,“活着的”主要用着定语，常置于名词前，有时也可置于名词后。也可作表语。如： ③ Every living person has a name. 每个活着的人都有一个名字。 ④ No man living could do better. 当代人没有一个能做得比这更好。 Ⅲ. the living “活着的人”如：
The living are more important to us than the dead. 对我们来说活着的人比死了的人更重要。 Ⅳ. live adj. “活着的”读着[laiv],反义词为 dead, 可作定语，放在所修饰的名词之前，一般不用来修饰人。 还可以作动词，读着[liv], 意为“生活”、“生存”如：
③ The cat was playing with a live mouse. 这只猫在玩弄一只活老鼠。 ④ Pandas usually live in the south and the southeast of China. 熊猫通常生活在中国的南部和东南部。 Ⅴ. lively adj. [‘laivli](livelier, liveliest) “生动的”；“活泼的”；“充满生气的”用作表语或定语，可用来修饰人或物。如：
The sports ground is lively with all sorts of ball games. 运动场上进行着各种球类比赛，呈现出一派生气勃勃的景象。
78、mostly 通常表数量，大多数，例如They mostly are girls. 表示他们大多数是女孩。
mainly 通常表示主要地，不表数量，例如 The article is mainly about friendship. 这个文章主要是讲友谊的。
mostly有大部分;主要地,多半地, 大部分, 通常 的意思; The audience consisted mostly of women. 观众主要是妇女。
Our weather has been mostly warm. 我们这里的天气多半是暖和的。
23 / 88
The earth here is mostly clay. 这儿的土大部分是黏土。
Most of the Americans use their cars mostly for their job. 大多数美国人的汽车主要是用来上班的。 mainly则有大体上, 主要地 的意思;
This school is mainly for boys; there are only a few girls in it. 这所学校主要招收男孩，女孩极少。
79、right away/off 马上
He didn't answer right away.他没有马上回答。 right now 就是现在
He is crying right now. 他现在正在哭。 I'm doing my homework right now.强调现在 I'll go home right away.强调将来 right away作为副词短语可以用在句尾，right now比较口语化，一个短语就是一个句子，原版影片中经常看见。
80、compare…with…表示“把……与……相比（同类相比）”， compare…to…表示“把……比做……（异类相比，比喻）”。 在表示“把……与……相比”时，compare…with与compare…to…皆可用，尤其是用在过去分词作状语的句子中。 Shakespeare compared the world to a stage.莎士比亚把人世比做舞台。
Compare your answers with those at the back of the book to see if they are right. 把你的答案同书后面的答案对照一下，看看是否正确。
81、country/ state/ nation
Ⅰ. country “国家”着重指疆土而言。“乡下、农村”相当于countryside, 但它指风景而言。如： ① This country is in the south of Europe. 这个国家在欧洲南部。
② Germany and France are European countries. 德国和法国是欧洲国家。 ③ The countryside around Nanjing is beautiful at this time of the year. Ⅱ. state “国家”着重指政权而言。如：
① I’d like to borrow a copy of “The State and Revolution”.我想借一本《国家与》。 ② The state is an organ of violence at service of class rule. 国家是阶级统治的暴力机器。 Ⅲ. nation “国家”着重指人民而言。如：
Two friendly nations support each other. 两个友好国家互相支持。
82、custom
[C, U] usual, generally accepted and long-established way of behaving or doing things 习俗; 风俗: It is difficult to get used to another country's customs. 要适应另一国家的风俗习惯是很困难的.
[C] thing that sb habitually does; practice 个人的习惯: It is my custom to rise early. 早起是我的习惯. habit
[C] thing that a person does often and almost without thinking, esp sth that is hard to stop doing 习惯: It's all right to borrow money occasionally [əˈkeiʒənəli], but don't let it become a habit. 偶尔借点钱倒没什麽, 只是不要成为一种习惯. (b) [U] usual behaviour 惯常的行为; 习性; 脾性: I only do it out of habit. 我做这事只是出於习惯.
83、pleasant / please / pleased /pleasing / pleasure
Ⅰ. pleasant 为形容词, “令人愉快的” “令人舒适的” 主要指使人心满意足,将快乐给予他人的性格、活动氛围、状态或场合，也可用于事物。如
① She has a pleasant voice. 她的声音悦耳。 ② The weather there is not very pleasant. 那儿的天气不太宜人。 Ⅱ. pleased 为形容词，“感到高兴”，相当于 glad 或 happy,后面可接不定式、at doing, with sth 或 that 从句。
① We are very pleased to see you here. 我们很高兴在这儿见到你。 ② I am pleased that they have dedided to come. 我很高兴他们决定来。 ③ He was pleased with my progress.他对我的进步感到满意。
Ⅲ. pleasing “令人喜欢的；令人愉快的”主语一般是物。如①She has got a pleasing voice.. 她的声音很悦耳。
Ⅳ. Pleasure 是名词，大多用于客套语中。如：
① I have had the pleasure of meeting your father before. 我以前有幸见过令尊。 ② --Will you lend me a hand? --With pleasure. 请你帮一下忙好吗？ 好的。
24 / 88
初中英语易错题易混点集锦
1.Because he was ill yesterday, so he didn‘t go to work. (×) Because he was ill yesterday, he didn‘t go to work. (?) He was ill yesterday, so he didn‘t go to work. (?)
[析] 用though, but表示―虽然……～但是…… ‖或用because, so 表示―因为……～所以……‖时～though和but 及because和so 都只能择一而用～不能两者同时使用。
2.The Smiths have moved Beijing. (×) The Smiths have moved to Beijing. (?)
[析] 不及物动词后接名词或代词作宾语时～要在动词之后加上适当的介词,但不及物动词后接home, here, there等副词作宾语时～动词之后不必加任何介词。
3.The box is too heavy for him to carry it. (×) The box is too heavy for him to carry. (?)
[析] the box既是这句话的主语, 也是不定式to carry的逻辑宾语～若句末再加上it～就和the box重复了。
4.Each of the boys have a pen. (×) Each of the boys has a pen. (?)
[析] 复数名词前有表个体的each of, one of, every～either of等词组修饰～或有表否定的neither of, none of 等词组修饰时～谓语动词要用单数形式。
5.Neither he nor you is good at English. (×) Neither he nor you are good at English. (?)
[析] either... or..., neither... nor..., not only..., but also... 等词组连接句子的两个主语时～谓语动词遵循“就近一致原则”, 即由靠近谓语的那个主语决定谓语的人称和数用何种形式。
6.Ten minus three are seven. (×) Ten minus three is seven. (?)
[析] 用英语表示加,plus,、减(minus)等数算时～谓语动词也用单数形式。
7.The number of the workers in this factory are about 5,000. (×) The number of the workers in this factory is about 5,000. (?)
[析] the number of表示“……的数量”～谓语动词用单数形式,a number of 的意思是“若干”或“许多”～相当于some或a lot of～和复数名词连用～谓语动词用复数形式。
8. Hello! I have important something to tell you. ,×, Hello! I have something important to tell you. (?)
[析] 形容词或动词不定式修饰不定代词作定语时～修饰成分要置于不定代词之后。
9. His son is enough old to go to school. ,×, His son is old enough to go to school. (?)
[析] enough作形容词修饰名词时～可以放在名词前～也可放在名词后,作副词修饰形容词或副词时～只能放在形容词或副词之后。
10.Here is your sweater, put away it.,×, Here is your sweater, put it away. (?)
[析] put away, pick up, put on等“动词+副词”构成的词组后接代词作宾语时～代词只能放在动词和副词之间。
11. Look! Here the bus comes.,×, Look! Here comes the bus.,?,
[析] 在以here, there引起的陈述句中～若句子的主语是名词～要用倒装语序～即用“Here /There+动词+名词”结构,但主语若是代词时～则不用倒装语序, 即用“Here/There +代词+动词”结构。
12. I do well in playing football, _______. (我妹妹也行。) A. so my sister does,× B. so does my sister,?,
Li Lei is really a football fan. --- _______. (确实这样.) A. So is he,×, B. So he is,?,
[析] “so+be动词/助动词+主语”的倒装结构表示前面所述情况也适用于后者～意为“……也是这样”,“so+主语+be动词/助动词”的陈述结构表示对前述情况的肯定～意为“……确实如此”。
13.重庆比中国的其他城市都大。
Chongqing is larger than any city in China. (×)
Chongqing is larger than any other city in China. (?)
25 / 88
[析] “any city in China”包括了重庆这座城市, 同一事物自己与自己不能做比较～只有在city 前加上other才能表示重庆和中国的其它城市比较大小。
The weather in Guangzhou is warmer than Beijing. (×)
The weather in Guangzhou is warmer than that in Beijing . (?)
[析] 表示比较时～句子中的两个比较对象必须一致～不同的比较对象不能做比较。错误句的比较对象分别为the weather in Guangzhou和Beijing～这两个不同类的事物之间不能做比较。
14, His sister married with a teacher last summer.(×) His sister married a teacher last summer. (?) [析] 表达“A和B结婚”～要用A married/will marry B。这时务必要避免受汉语影响使用A married/will marry with B。
15. There is going to have a film tonight. (×) There is going to be a film tonight. (?)
[析] 一般将来时用在 There be 句式中时～be going to或will之后的动词原形只能用be,也就是说要用There is (are) going to be.... / There will be....。
16.I‘ll go hiking if it won‘t rain next Sunday. (×) I‘ll go hiking if it doesn‘t rain next Sunday.(?)
[析] 习惯上在含有时间状语从句和条件状语从句的复合句中～如果主句的谓语动词用了一般将来时～从句的谓语动词要用一般现在时表示将来的动作。
17.Teacher told us yesterday that the earth went around the sun. (×) Teacher told us yesterday that the earth goes around the sun. (?)
[析] 习惯上在含有宾语从句的复合句中～主句的谓语动词用了一般过去时～从句的谓语动词要用过去的某种时态。但如果从句表述的是一客观事实或客观真理时～则不受主句时态的影响～而用一般现在时。
18. All the balls are not round. 翻译成汉语: 所有的球都不是圆的。(×) 并不是所有的球都是圆的。(?)
[析] all, every, both等词和not连用时～not通常放在all, every, both的后面～一般情况下表示部分否定～意为“并非……都……”。
19. He didn‘t go to school yesterday, did he?-- _______, though he didn‘t feel very well. A. No, he didn‘t (×) B. Yes, he did (?)
Don‘t you usually come to school by bike?-- _______. But I sometimes walk. A. No, I don‘t (×) B. Yes, I do (?)
[析] 习惯上英语中的yes意为“是的”～no意为“不”～但在“前否后肯”的反意疑问句或否定疑问句中～yes意为“不”～no意为“是的”。
20.Excuse me, is the supermarket far from here,No～it's about _______. A. 7 minutes walk B. 7 minute walk C. 7 minutes' walk D. 7 minute's walk
[析]答案为C。 本题考查名词所有格用法。当名词的复数以-s结尾时～则只需要加“'”即可～则“7分钟的距离”为“7 minutes' walk”。
21.You can not imagine how much I ______ on this dress. Is it beautiful, A. paid B. took C. cost D. spent
[析] 答案为D。本题考察四个表“花费”的动词辨析。主语为人～且和介词on搭配的动词是spend。
22.Do you know _____ university student who is talking with Joe, Yes～ she～s my cousin, Kate. A. a B. an C. the D. /
[析] 答案为C。university虽然以元音字母u开头～但其前若使用不定冠词时～则要用a.不过此题中不能使用不定冠词～而是特指和Joe说话的那个大学生～故要选the。
23.The number of giant pandas is getting ______ because their living areas are becoming farmlands. A. less and less B. larger and larger C. smaller and smaller D. fewer and fewer [析] 答案为C。句意为“大熊猫的数量越来越少因为他们的生存空间正逐渐变成农场”。本题中四个选项都是“比较级+ and + 比较级”的结构～表示“越来越……”。主语为number～只能和large或small搭配。而结合句意可判断答案为C。
24.Be careful when you come _______ the street～ because the traffic is very busy at the moment. A. across B. behind C. between D. over
[析] 答案为A。本题考察方位介词的用法。“过马路”一般为表面横穿～因此要用across。
25.Do you often clean your classroom,---- Yes, our classroom ______ every day. A. clean B. cleans C. is cleaned D. Cleaned
[析] 答案为C。句中有every day～主语为our classroom～故要用一般现在时的被动语态。
26. Lucy usually cleans the cage every two days. 对画线部分提问, _______ Lucy usually clean the cage,
[析] 答案为How often does。对every two days提问要用how often。
26 / 88
27. I didn't understand __________～so I raised my hand to ask... A. what my teacher says B. what does my teacher say C. what my teacher said D. what did my teacher say
[析] 答案为C。本题为宾语从句～由于需要用陈述语序可排除B、D,另外～主句时态为一般过去时～则从句也要用对应的过去时态～故还可排除A。
28. ---- How much ______ the shoes, ---- Five dollars ______ enough. A. is,is B. are,is C. are,are D. is,are
[析] 答案为B。shoes作主语时～谓语动词应用复数形式,five dollars是一个整体～应按单数对待。 29.〔误〕 We got to the top of the mountain in daybreak. 〔正〕 We got to the top of the mountain at day break.
〔析〕 at用于具体时刻之前～如:sunrise, midday, noon, sunset, midnight, night。 30.〔误〕 Dont sleep at daytime 〔正〕 Dont sleep in daytime.
〔析〕 in 要用于较长的一段时间之内～如:in the morning / afternoon, 或 in the week / month / year. 或 in spring / supper /autumn / winter等等。 31.〔误〕 He became a writter at his twenties 〔正〕 He became a writter in his twenties
〔析〕这句话应译为:他在20多岁时就成了作家。在某人的一段生活时间段中要用介词in来表示～而在具体岁数时用at来表示。
32.〔误〕 We went to swim in the river in a very hot day. 〔正〕 We went to swim in the river on a very hot day. 〔析〕 具体某一天要用介词on, 又如:on New Years Day 33.〔误〕 Im looking forward to seeing you on Christmas. 〔正〕 Im looking for ward to seeing you at Christmas.
〔析〕在节日的当天用on～而全部节日期间用at,Christmas是圣诞节期间～一般要有两周或更长的时间。 34.〔误〕I havent seen you during the summer holidays.
〔正〕I havent seen you since the beginning of the summer holidays.
〔析〕 during表示在某一段时间之内～所以一般不与完成时搭配～如:I visited a lot of museums during the holiday. 而for表示一段时间～可以用于完成时～如:I havent see you for a long time. 而through 用来表示时间时则为\"整整～全部的时间\"。如:It rained through the night.而since则是表达主句动作的起始时间～一般要与完成时连用。
35.〔误〕 At entering the classroom, I heard the good news. 〔正〕 On entering the classroom, I heard the good news. 〔析〕 On 加动名词表示\"一……就\"。本句的译文应是:我一进入教室就听见这个好消息了。又如:on hearing… 一听见～ on arrivaling 一到达就……(on表示动作的名词)
36.〔误〕 In the beginning of the book, there are some interesting stories. 〔正〕 At the beginning of the book, there are some interesting stories. 〔析〕 at the begining与at the end都是指某事物的开始与结束部分～均不指时间范围～而in the beginning 则是指开始一段时间。in the end,at last是指\"最终～终于\"之意。
37.〔误〕 Till the end of next week. I will have finished this work. 〔正〕 By the end of next week. I will have finished this work. 〔析〕 by 引起的时间状语表示了动作的截止点～其意思为\"不迟于某一时刻将工作做完\"～所以主句一般是完成时态。当然可以有将来时态～如:I’ll be there by five oclock.而till则表达其一动作一直持续到某一时刻～但句中的动词一定要用持续性动词～而瞬间的截止性动词应用其否定句式～如:I wont finish this work till(until) next weekend.
38.〔误〕 He came to London before last weekend. 〔正〕 He had come to London before last weekend. 〔正〕 He came to London two weeks ago.
〔析〕 before 一般要与完成时连用～而ago则与一般过去时连用。
39.〔误〕I have studied English for three years since I had come here. 〔正〕I have studied English for three years since I came here.
〔析〕since用来表达主句动作的开始时间～所以其引出的从句中应为过去时～而不能用完成时态 40.〔误〕I can help you repair this bike. You will get it after two hours. 〔正〕I can help you repair this bike. You will get it in two hours.
〔析〕中文经常讲两小时之后来取～两天内会修好～而这个介词在英文中要用in而不要用after。其原因有二～?after 多用于过去时～如:I arrived in New York. After three days, I found a job in the bank. ? after 加时间是表达一个不确定的时间范围～如:after three days, 即三天之后的哪一天都可以。所以在许诺若干时间内会完成某事时～一定要用介词in。 41.〔误〕Three days after he died. 〔正〕After three days he died.
27 / 88
〔正〕 Three days later he died. 〔析〕 after 与 later都可以用来表达一段时间之后～但它们所处的位置不同～after 在时间词前～而later在时间词后。
42.〔误〕 She hid herself after the tree. 〔正〕 She hid herself behind the tree.
〔析〕 after多用来表达某动作之后～所以有的语法书中称它为动态介词～如:I run after him. After finishing my homework, I went to see a film. 而behind则多用于静态事物之后。 43.〔误〕 There is a beautiful bird on the tree. 〔正〕 There is a beautiful bird in the tree.
〔析〕 树上长出的果实～树叶要用on, 而其他外来的人、物体均要用in the tree. 44.〔误〕 Shanghai is on the east of China. 〔正〕 Shanghai is in the east of China.
〔析〕 在表达地理位置时有3个介词:in, on, to。 in表示在某范围之内; on表示与某地区接壤,to则表示不相接。如:Japan is to the east of China. 45.〔误〕 I arrived at New York on July 2nd. 〔正〕 I arrived in New York on July 2nd.
〔析〕 at用来表达较小的地方～而in用来表达较大的地方。at常用于at the school gate, at home, at a bus stop, at the station, at the cinema, at a small village。 46.〔误〕 He lived in No. 3 Beijing Road. 〔正〕 He lived at No. 3 Beijing Road.
〔析〕 在门牌号码前要用at, 并要注意它的惯用法:at the end of the street, at the foot of the mountain, at the top of the page。
47.〔误〕 There is a colour TV set at the corner of the hall. 〔正〕 There is a colour TV set in the corner of the hall.
〔析〕 在屋内的角落应用in～而墙的外角用at～如:There is a tree at the corner of the street. 48.〔误〕 Do you know there is some good news on todays newspaper? 〔正〕 Do you know there is some good news in todays newspaper?
〔析〕 在报纸上的新闻要用in, 而在具体某一版上～或某一页上则要用on。 49.〔误〕 The school will begin on September 1st. 〔正〕 School will begin on September 1st.
〔析〕这里的school应看作不可数名词泛指学校的课程～即开学之意。要注意～有些活动场所当表达正在从事该种活动时不要加冠词～如:at table (吃饭)～ When I came to Toms home, they were at table. 还有: at desk (学习)～at work (工作) at school (上学)～ in hospital (住医院) at church 作礼拜如加上定冠词则另有他意～如:at the school 即在学校工作或办事～in the hospital 即在医院工作或去看望病人。 50.〔误〕 I‘ll leave Beijing to Shanghai tomorrow. 〔正〕 I‘ll leave Beijing for Shanghai. 〔正〕 I‘ll leave for Shanghai.
〔析〕 leave for 是离开某地去某处的固定搭配～不可将for改为别的介词。这样的搭配还有:start for 动身前往某处～set out for～ sail for。
51. 〔误〕 Im sorry. I have to get out the bus at next stop. 〔正〕 Im sorry. I have to get out of the bus at next stop.
〔析〕 get in, 与 get out是两个相反的词组。get in 为上车～而get out为下车～但语法家认为这里的in与out为副词～所以其后不能接名词～我们可以讲We’d better get in. 或We’d better get out. 还有一组词组有关上下车:get on,off(a train, a ship, a struck) get into,out of (a car, taxi…) 52.〔误〕 Be careful The temperature of the water is ninety degrees over zero. 〔正〕 Be careful. The temperature of the water is ninety degrees above zero.
〔析〕 over 与 above 在作为比某物高的意思时有时可以互换。但在垂直方向上的高矮时～即正上方时则要用above.而泛指上方时用over.
53.〔误〕 The Dead Sea is under the sea level. 〔正〕 The Dead Sea is below the sea level.
〔析〕在垂直下方要用below.也就是讲above与below互为反意词～over与under也是反意词。 .〔误〕 There is a big tree in the front of the house. 〔正〕 There is a big tree in front of the house.
〔析〕in front of 是在物体外部的前面～而in the front of 是在物体内部的前面～如:The driver sits in the front of the bus.
55.〔误〕 It took them two days to walk across the forest. 〔正〕 It took them two days to walk through the forest.
〔析〕 across 作为介词有两个主要意思:? 横过～如:I want to walk across the street.? 对面～如:There is a post office across the street,而through 多用于三维空间中的穿越。across则多用于平面上的横过。如:The little girl ran across the room to meet her mother.
28 / 88
56.〔误〕 The sun sets toward the west. 〔正〕 The sun sets in the west.
〔析〕 towards也可用作toward～它主要表达朝向某方向运动～但不一定到达～如:He ran toward(s) the mountain.而在表示方位east, west, north, south 时～其前面要用in。要注意的是这4个词可以用作副词～如:I went south. 也可用作名词～如:I went to the south.也可用作形容词～如:I went to the south part of China. 57.〔误〕 Can I write the exam paper with ink? 〔正〕 Can I write the exam paper with a pen? 〔正〕 Can I write the exam paper in ink?
〔析〕 with后要加拿得起来放得下的工具～而墨水、颜料等原料则要用in。 58.〔误〕 Im earlier today. I came here by his car. 〔正〕 Im earlier today. I came here in his car. 〔析〕在交通工具前加介词by～但不能再有任何指示代词或冠词～否则要改换相应的介词。 by taxi=in a taxi by train=in a train by bike=on a bike by ship=on a ship 59.〔误〕 A lot of French wines are made of grape. 〔正〕 A lot of French wines are made from grape. 〔析〕 made of 是指由原材料到成品过程中原材料未发生质地的变化～而发生了某种变化则要用from,如:The desk was made of hard wood.
60.〔误〕 This is a good dictionary in English grammar. 〔正〕 This is a good dictionary on English grammar.
〔析〕关于某方面的书籍、报告等有两个介词～其中on表示某专业用书～about则为某方面的普通读物～如:This is a book about physics.即物理科普知识。 61.〔误〕 Do you have the key of the door. 〔正〕 Do you have the key to the door. 〔析〕 key to the door门的钥匙。相同用法还有answer to the question, entrance,入口, to the highway(公路), danger to health.千万不要用of。
62.〔误〕 I didnt do my homework, so the teacher was angry to me. 〔正〕 I didnt do my homework, so the teacher was angry with me.
〔析〕 be angry with其后接人～而be angry at其后接事。如:He was angry at what she said. 63.〔误〕 He was good for skating. 〔正〕 He was good at skating.
〔析〕 be good at 为\"擅长某事\"～而be good for somebody为对某人很好。 .〔误〕 It was good to you to help my little boy. 〔正〕 It was good of you to help my little boy. 〔析〕 这句话应译为:你真太好了～帮助了我的小孩。而be good to somebody 是对某人态度好。如:Her mother is good to everyone.
65.〔误〕 My parents were very pleased at me. 〔正〕 My parents were very pleased with me.
〔正〕 My parents were very pleased at my studying.
〔析〕 be pleased with后加somebody, 而be pleased at后加something。 66.〔误〕 He is agree with me. 〔正〕 He agrees with me. 〔误〕 He againsts me. 〔正〕 He is against me.
〔析〕同意agree为动词～而反对against则为介词。在使用中一定要注意。 67.〔误〕 I havent heard letters from him. 〔正〕 I havent heard from him.
〔析〕 hear from 即为:从某人处得到信件。不要再加letter了。 68.〔误〕 Do you know the girl on white? 〔正〕 Do you know the girl in white?
〔析〕 in white为穿一身白。与in有关的词组有:in bed(睡觉)～in hospital(住院)～in a hurry(匆匆忙忙)～in danger(危险中),in joy (高兴)～in good health(身体好)～in love(恋爱)～in trouble(困境)～与之相反的是out of ,如:out of trouble (摆脱困境)～out of date(过时了)～ out of order(出故障) 69.〔误〕 She didnt come to school because of she was ill. 〔正〕 She didnt come to school because she was ill.
〔析〕 because of 后接名词～如:The game was put off because of the rain. 70. . What can I do for you?- I‘d like two ____
A. box of appleB. boxes of applesC. box of applesD. boxes of apple
答案: B. (选择其它三项的同学要注意仔细看题.不要马虎, 这里box 和apple都是可数名词) 71.This class ________ now. Miss Gao teaches them.
A. are studyingB. is studyingC. be studyingD. studying
29 / 88
答案: A. (选择B的同学要注意, 当这种概念名词当 “人”讲的时候要做复数处理.类似的还有: the police are running after the thief等)
We will have a _________ holiday after the exam.
A. two month B. two-month C. two month‘s D. two-months
答案: B (选择C的同学要注意应用two months’; 选择D的同学要注意名词之间有 “— “ 后的组合词当作形容词来用, 因此就不用所有格形式了.) 72.Help yourself to _________.
A. some chickensB. a chickenC. some chickenD. any chicken 答案: C (选择A的同学要注意chicken当鸡肉讲时不可数) 73. Which is the way to the __________?
A. shoe factoryB. shoes factoryC. shoe‘s factoryD. shoes‘ factory
答案: A. (选择D的同学注意这里不是指名词所有格, 而是名词作形容词的用法.类似的用法如: pencil box; school bag等.)
74. 8.Our sports meeting will be held ________.A. on 24, Tuesday, April B. in April 24, TuesdayC. on Tuesday, April 24D. inApril Tuesday 24答案: C. (选B的同学是受到中文的影响,要特别注意中英文的差异) 75. Some people like to stay at home, but ________ like to go to the cinema.
A. anotherB. otherC. othersD. other one
答案: C. (选择B的同学要牢记: some…., others…. Yes, but where is _________?
A. the other oneB. other oneC. another oneD. 76. -- Is this your shoe?--the others
答案: A. (选择C的同学要注意鞋是两只, another指的是三者或者三者以上)
77. – When shall we meet again next week?-- _______ day is possible. It‘s no problem with me.
A. EitherB. NeitherC. EveryD. Any
答案: D. (选择C的同学要注意every指的是每一天都见面, any指的是任何一天都可以.注意中文的干扰) 78. _______ do you write to your parents?-- Once a month.A. How longB. How soonC. How oftenD. How far
答案: C. ( 选择A的同学要注意中文的干扰. 由回答知道这里指的是写信的频率, 用how often表示.) 79..Robert has gone to _________ city and he‘ll be back in a week. A. otherB. the otherC. anotherD. any other
答案:C (选择其它三项的同学要注意～这里没有说只有两座城市～因此不能用.)
80. – Which book would you like to borrow?-- ________ of the two books is OK with me.
A. EitherB. BothC. AnyD. None
答案:A (选择B的同学要注意is 表示单数.)
81. .He knows _________ English ________ French. But he‘s very good at Japanese.
A. either; orB. both; andC. neither; norD. either; nor 答案:C (选择A和B的同学要注意语境.)
82. – What do your parents do?-- One is a teacher; _________ is a driver.
A. otherB. anotherC. the otherD. that one
答案: C (选择其它三个选项的同学要注意, one is …, the other is …的用法) 83. 22.There are many trees on ________ side of the street.
A. eitherB. anyC. allD. both
答案:A (选择D的同学要注意side为单数。选择B的同学要注意:街道只有两边～因此不能用any) 84. ________ is the population of the city?
A. How many B. What C. How many peopleD. How much
答案:B (在问到人口是多少时～其实是在说“人口数是什么”～因此不能用A～要注意排除中文的干扰。) 85. .Japan is ________ the east of China.
A. inB. toC. onD. at
答案: B ( in 表示在范围里的, on表示紧挨着的; to 表示在范围以外的) 87. The postman shouted, ― Mr Green, here is a letter ________ you.
A. to B. fromC. forD. of
答案: C ( 选择A的同学要注意to 表示动作的方向, for表示有从属关系或者利益关系) 88. We can‘t do it ________ your help.
A. withB. ofC. underD. without
答案: D. (选择C的同学要注意中文的干扰, 借助某人的帮助要用with,反之用without) . He hasn‘t heard from his friend __________ last month.
A. sinceB. by the end ofC. forD. until
答案: A (选择B的同学要注意B选项为过去完成时的时间;选择C的同学要注意, for+时间段; 选择D的同学要注意不是not…until 句型.until+ 句子)
90. I didn‘t buy the dictionary yesterday _________ my aunt would give me one.
A. untilB. becauseC. ifD. before
30 / 88
答案: B (选择A的同学要注意语境)
91. I‘m going to look for another job ________ the company offers(主动提出～出价) me more money.
A. afterB. unlessC. whenD. for
答案: B ( 选择其它三项的同学要注意语境, 这里是指除非公司给我更多工资,否则我就要找其它工作.) 92. Don‘t hurry. The bus won‘t start ________ everybody gets on.
A. sinceB. asC. untilD. when
答案: C (选择D的同学要注意前面是否定.)
93. .Please show me ____to send an e-mail, John. It‘s the first time for me to do it.
A. howB. whatC. whenD. where
答案:A (选择C的同学要注意认真看题～这里的time不是时间～而是指第一次) 94. You‘ve passed the exam. I‘m happy ______ you.
A. onB. atC. inD. For 答案:D
95. I wonder ________ they finished so many different jobs in such a short time.A. whyB. howC. whenD. where
答案:B (选择A的同学要注意语境～这里指他们怎么能在如此短的时间里完成如此多的困难的工作.) 96. -- Do you speak English?-- Yes, I speak _________ a little English _______ some French.
A. neither, notB. both, orC. either, orD. not only, but also 答案:D (选择C的同学要注意语境.)
97. .______ the maths problem is difficult, I‘ll try very hard to work it out.
A. ThoughB. WhenC. BeforeD. After
而是说尽管题目难～答案:A (选择B的同学要注意语境.不能说当题目难的时候～我将努力.但我将努力解决.)
98. The accident took place ________ a cold February evening. A. onB. inC. atD. for
答案:A (选择B的同学要注意～在特指的早上、下午、晚上～不用in要用on) 99. He turned ________ the radio because his father was asleep. A. onB. downC. upD. over
答案:B (根据语境:他爸爸睡着了～因此不能用A-打开～也不能用C-调大.D表示反过来) 100. I don‘t know the homework _______ today.
A. onB. inC. ofD. for
答案:D (选择C的同学要注意of表示从属关系～要注意中文的干扰.)
101. Jane said she would come here ________ 9:00 and 9:30 tomorrow morning. A. fromB. atC. betweenD. Aroun
答案: C (选择B的同学没有把体看完整; 选择A的同学没有注意到from…to…的搭配.) 102. It‘s spring now. The students ________ trees these weeks.
A. Plant B. are planting C. will plantD. planted
答案: B (选择A注意 these weeks 并不表示经常做某事,而是强调这几个星期同学们一直在种树.) 103. Must I finish it now?-- No, you ________.
A. mustn‘tB. needn‘tC. can‘tD. shouldn‘t
答案: B (选择A的同学要注意mustn’t意思指不允许, needn’t指的是不必要.) 104. Though it‘s cloudy now, it _________ get sunny later. A. can B. mayC. mustD. need
答案: B ( 选C的同学要注意语境, 这里强调过些时候也许会晴天, 表示推测性.) 105. It is in the library, you _______ talk loudly. A. may notB. can‘tC. needn‘tD. mustn‘t
答案: D ( 选择B的同学要注意中文的干扰.can’t表示不能够。)
106. If anyone wants to say something in class, you ________ put up your hands first. A. mustB. mayC. shouldD. Can
答案: A ( 选其他三个选项的同学要注意语境～anyone暗示出语气。表明是一个规定～而不是建议。) 107.I called you last night but no one answered the phone.I ______ dinner with my friends in the restaurant.
A. haveB. hadC. was havingD. have had
答案:C (选择B和D的同学要注意分析语境.这里指我当时正在和朋友在饭馆吃饭.) 108. If you have lost a library book, you have to _________ it. A. find outB. look afterC. pay forD. take care
答案:C (选择A的同学要注意语境)
109. He will call me as soon as he _________ the city. A. reachesB. reachedC. will reachD. is reaching
答案:A (选择B的同学要注意主将从现)
31 / 88
110. The pen _________ him ten yuan.
A. paidB. costC. tookD. spent
答案:B (选择C的同学要注意took通常用在时间上,选择A和D的同学要注意～这里的主语是物品～因此不能用paid 和spent)
111. The train _________ for twenty minutes.
A. leftB. has leftC. is leavingD. has been away
答案:D (选择B的同学要注意～当用完成时表示持续动作时～要选择可持续动词～不要用瞬间动词.) 112. How many books _____ they ________?-- Five. But they haven‘t finished reading even one.
A. did…borrowB. had…borrowedC. will…borrowD. do…borrow
答案:A (选择B的同学要注意～这里只是问过去发生的一件事～并不是过去时间之前发生的.) 113. He _________ his bike so he has to walk there.
A. lostB. has lostC. had lostD. loses
答案:B (选择A的同学注意句子并没出现两个时间点～因此要注意时态的前后一致.)
114. Why did the policeman stop us? -- He told us not _______ so fast in this street.
A. driveB. drivingC. to driveD. Drove
答案:C (这里考查的是tell sb. not to do sth.)
115. The population of the world in 20th century became very much _________ thanthat in 19th
A. bigger B. larger C. greater D. more
答案: B.(选择其它三项的同学要注意population的固定搭配是large)
116. The magazines are ________ easy that the children can read them well.A. suchB. soC. tooD. very
答案: B (选择A的同学要注意easy是形容词～要用so…that, 而不用such…that) 117.Would you like ________ more tea?- Thank you. I‘ve had ________.
A. any, much B. some, enough C. some, much D. any, enough
答案:C (选择B的同学要注意enough是形容词～ 不能说had enough) 118.I think basketball is _______. I like to watch it.
A. boringB. boredC. excitingD. excited
答案:C (选择D的同学要注意basketball本身很令人激动～excited表示被什么所感染而激动。) 119. The math problem is so hard that ________ students can work it out.
A. a fewB. a littleC. manyD. few
答案:D (选择A、C的同学要注意语境～这里指没有什么学生能做出来。) 120. Though she talks ______, she has made ________ friends here.
A. a little, a fewB. little, fewC. little, a fewD. few, a few
答案:C (选择A的同学要注意语境～这里指虽然她不怎么说话～但她有一些朋友.) 121. He never does his work _______ Mary.
A. as careful asB. so careful asC. as carefully asD. carefully as 答案:C (选择A和B的同学要注意work 是行为动词～要用副词来修饰.) 122. If it ________ tomorrow we‘ll go to the park.
A. will not rainB. doesn‘t rainC. is not rainingD. didn‘t rain
答案: B (选择A的同学要注意if引导的条件状语从句主句用将来时, 从句用一般现在时.) 123. The radio says the snow ______ late in the day.
A. stopsB. will stopC. has stoppedD. stopped
答案: B. (选择A的同学要注意语境, late in the day表示 “晚些时候”, 要用将来时) 124. The nurse told the children the sun ______ in the east.
A. risesB. roseC. will riseD. has risen
答案: A ( 选择B的同学要注意, 虽然主句中用了told, 但太阳从东方升起是真理性事实, 应用一般现在时表示.)
125. – Are you sure you have to? It‘s been very late.-- I don‘t know ______ I can do it if not now.
A. whereB. whyC. whenD. How
答案: C ( 选择D的同学要注意语境, 根据语境知道这里强调的是必须先在做,否则就没有时间了) 126.Could you tell me _______ she is looking for?-- Her cousin, Susan.
A. thatB. whoseC. whomD. which
答案: C (选择其它三项的同学要注意语境,这里是指找Susan这个人)
127. When are the Shutes leaving for New York? -- Pardon? -- I asked ___________.
A.when are the Shutes leaving for New York B.when the Shutes are leaving for New York C.when were the Shutes leaving for New York D.when the Shutes were leaving for New York 答案: D ( 选择B的同学注意到了宾语从句的语序,但同时要注意时态要用相应的过去时.) 128. Would you please tell me ________ next, Mr Wang?
A. what should we doB. we should do whatC. what we should doD. should do what 答案: C ( 选择A的同学要注意宾语从句的语序为陈述语序.)
129. Alice has gone to the classroom and she didn‘t say ________.
32 / 88
A. when did she come back B. when would she be back. C when she came back D. when she would be back 答案:D (选择C的同学要注意语境～这里要用过去将来时.) 130.I‘m sorry I broke your coffee cup.-- Oh, really? __.
A. It doesn‘t matterB. I don‘t knowC. it‘s OK with meD. You‘re welcome 答:A (选择C和D的要注意中文的干扰.D是用来回答别人的致谢的.) 131.He hardly had anything to eat, ________ he?
A. didn‘t B. hadn‘t C. had D. did
答案:D (选择A的同学要注意hardly表示否定,选择B和C的同学要注意～反意疑问句要用助动词.) 132.He says that he won‘t be free until tomorrow.他说他到明天才会有空。
解析: 在这个复合句中, that引导的从句做says的宾语,被称为宾语从句。until用在否定句中,构成“not...until...” 结构,意为“直到……才……”,谓语动词用非延续性动词;until用在肯定句中,意为“直到……”,主句的谓语动词要用延续性动词。例如:They didn‘t leave until they finished their work. 他们完成了工作才回家。
We waited until he came. 我们一直等到他来。
133.课本There’s something wrong with my computer. It doesn’t work. 我的计算机出了故障,它无法工作了。
真题再现:I have to speak to my grandpa loudly because there‘s _____ with his ears. A. wrong something B. something wrong C. anything wrong D. nothing wrong
答案:B.要点点拨:形容词修饰something, nothing, anything, everything等不定代词时要后置,故排除A。 134.课本All the computers must be shut down when you leave. 离开时你必须把所有的计算机关掉。
真题:The whole company _____ for a three weeks‘ summer holiday. A. shut down B. shut off C. shut up D. shut away 答案:A.要点点拨:shut down意为“关闭;停工;歇业”;shut off意为“关掉(煤气)”等;shut up意为“关闭;住嘴”等;shut away意为“隔离;隔绝”。
135. Our sports meeting has been ____ till next Monday because of the bad weather.
A. put on B. put up C. put off D. put down 答案:C.要点点拨: put on意为“穿上,上演”;put up意为“举起,挂起,张贴”;put off意为“推迟,延期”; put down意为“放下,写下,记下。
136. So it goes on, hour after hour. 就这样继续下去,一小时接一小时。
解析: hour after hour意思为“一小时接一小时”。英语中,用after连接两个相同的单数名词(名词前不用冠词)表示“一个接一个”
137. In the last twenty years China has changed a lot. 在最近二十年内中国发生了巨大的变化。
解析: during(in, for) the last(past) + 一段时间,表示“到现在为止多长时间以来(内)”,常与现在完成时态连用。
138.I‘m afraid I won‘t come __ ___ 7 and 9. I will be at work then.
A. until B. between C. during D. for 答案_B
139..Butter and cheese __ in price.
A. has gone up B. is gone up C. have gone up D. are gone up 答案_C
140.Today some newly-produced mobile phones can take pictures _ ____ a camera.
A. as B. for C. like D. of 答案_B
141.The buses ____ __ over 2 thousand people a day.
A. take B. bring C. carry D. sent 答案_C
142.The coductor kept ___ ___ hot water to us.
A. give B. bring C. taking D. Giving 答案_D
143.There are four pairs of socks to ______, but the woman doesn‘t know ______ to buy.
A. choose from; which B. choose from; what C. choose; which D. choose ;what 答案A
144.Nobaby noticed the thief slip into the shop, because the lights happened to _______.
A. put out B. turn out a C .give out D. go out 答案D
145.___ ___ the sports meeting might be put off. Yes, it all depends on the weather. A.I‘ ve been told B. I‘ve told C. I‘m told D.I told 答案A
146.The teacher said __ ___ wanted to go to the cinema must be there before 6:00,
A. those who B. that C. who D. which
33 / 88
答案 A
147.They stopped ______ and ______ out to play when they ______ the bell ring or rest.
A. working; went; heard B. work; to go; hear C. working; go; hearing D. working; going; heard 答案 A
148.I am going to Qingdao and stay there for a week. ______ you are there, would you please buy some books for me?
A. If B. While C. Since D. As soon as 答案 B
149. John plays football ____, if not better than, David.
A as well B as well as C so well D so well as
答案B:该题意为:John踢足球如果不比David好的话～那也踢得和David一样好。 和…一样好为as well as. 150. She thought I was talking about her daughter, ____, in fact, I was talking about my daughter.
A when B where C which D while
答案D。解析:该处意为\"然而\"～只有while有此意思～。 151. I learned that her father ____ in 1950.
A had died B died C dead D is dead 解析:该题正确答案为,。从句中的谓语动词动作虽然发生在主句谓语动词的动作之前～但因从句中有明确的过去时间状语in 1950, 所以不用过去完成时态～而用一般过去时态。 152. The five-year-old girl ____ by her parents.
A is looked B has looked forC is being looked for D has been looked 解析:该题正确答案为,。在带有介词的动词短语用于被动语态句中～介词不能省～否则就变成了不及物动词短语～而不能用于被动语态的句子中。 153. We had hoped that he ____ longer.
A stays B have stayed C stayed D would stay
解析:该题正确答案为,had hoped表示\"本希望\"～同样用法的动词还有think, expect等～后面的句子需用虚拟语气
1. \"Mary wants to see you today\".\"I would rather she ____ tomorrow than today.\"
A comes B came C should come D will come
解析:该题正确答案为,would rather后面的从句需用虚拟语气～用动词过去时表示。 155. It is wise to have some money ____ for old age.
A put away B kept up C given away D laid up
解析:该题正确答案为,。意为\"存\意为\"继续\意为\"分发\156. She says she doesn't feel like ____ out with you.
A going B to go C for going D went
解析:该题正确答案为A。 feel like = want, 此处like 为介词～后面要接名词或动名词作宾语 157. _______ if he had any bad habit, she replied that he was a heavy smoker.
A. Ask B. To ask C. Asked D. Asking 解析:该题答案为C。主语she是被问。
158. They _______ to walk in the street at might.
A. didn't dare,有可能～断言～敢说, B. not dared C. not dare D. dared not
解析～该题答案为A～ 此空需选一动词作谓语～因为后面是to walk, didn't dare是行为动词dare过去时态的否定形式。
159. When he was very old, Mr. Smith _______ sit for hours without saying a word.
A. would B. should C. must D. Used 解析～该题答案为A, would此处表过去的倾向性～习惯性动作～意为\"总是\"如: When we were children, we would go swimming every summer.
160. Don't forget to post the letter, _______ ?
A. will you B. do you C. won't you D. shall you 解析:该题答案为A～ 在否定句、祈使句后只用\"will you\"?～但肯定的祈使句后可用如～Wait for me, will (won't, can, can't, could) you?
161.He hardly writes to you, _______ ?
A. doesn't he B. does he C. do they D. has he
解析:该题答案为B～hardly否定副词～反问部分要用肯定形式。
162. _______ I accept,接受, the gift or refuse it is none of your business.
A. If B. Whether C. Even if D. No matter when
解析:该题答案为B。whether可以和or连用～if不可以～此外if一般仅用于宾语从句。 163. The way _______ these comrades look at problems is wrong.
A. where B. in that C.X D. with which
解析:该题答案为C～先行词是way～定语从句中用that或 in which来引导或不填。 1. ____a long time since I saw you last time.
34 / 88
A(It was B. It is C. It had been D. It can be
解析:该题答案为B～It is +时间数+ since引导的从句是一个句型～意为\"从…时候以来过了多久了。\" 165. The chemical works _______ where my father has worked for thirty years in 1949.
A. was built B. were built C. is built D. are built 解析:该题答案为A。works形式上是复数～意思上是单数～因此谓语动词用单数～类似的还有news, maths, politics, physics.
166. They each _______ a copy of the new physics.
A. have B. has C. having D. gets
解析:该题答案为A。They each不等于each of …, each of 这个词组作主语谓语用单数如each of the students hands in their homework～而they each作主语～谓语要随each前面的词来变化。 167. Not only ____ this machine but ____ it.
A. can he run……can he repair B. can he run……he can repair C. he can run……he can repair D. he can run……can he repair
解析:该题答案为B～在not only……but (also)句型中～只有but前面的部分倒装～but后面仍是正常语序。
168.____ that he went to sleep.
A It was until midnight B That was until midnight C It was not until midnight D That was not until midnight 解析:该题答案为C。强调until结构时～要将否定词not移到until前。又如:He didn't leave until twelve 改为It was not until twelve that he left.
169. There are a lot of students ____ in the class room.
A talk B talking C talked D to talk
解析:该题正确答案为B。 There be句型为倒装句～可换为A lot of students are talking in the class room. 又如:There is a lot of noise heard out in the street. 170. While ____my homework, I heard a cry for help.
A do B did C doing D having done
解析:该题答案为C。该空处省略了I'm,相当于while I'm doing my home work.如:While playing guitar, he is singing.
171. The bus ____ __ on the road for 2 hours so far.
A. has stopped B. stopped C. has been 答案C
Are you __ _ __ the jacket these days?
A. wearing B. putting on C. dressing D. on 答案A
He __ _____ for 2 hours.
A. got up B. has got up C. has been up 答案C
You mustn't ___ ____ until he comes back. A. be away B. leave C. be left 答案B
172. —These farmers have been to the United States. —Really , When _____ there ,
A. will they go B. did they go C. do they go D. have they gone
答案B. 现在完成时与一般过去时容易混淆～就是因为它们所表示的动作都发生在过去～但二者又有区别:一般过去时表示过去某个时间发生的事、存在的状态或经常发生的动作～说话的侧重点在于陈述一件过去的事情～与现在没有关系,现在完成时表示与现在有关系的发生在过去的动作～它不与表示过去的时间状语,如yesterday ～ last week ～ a moment ago等,连用。 173. His father ______ the Party since 1978.
A. joined B. has joined C. was in D. has been in
答案:D.现在完成时中～非延续性动词不能与for和since引导的表示一段时间的状语连用～通常是用相应的延续性动词来代替。
174. You must make your new house clean and safe __C_____you move in.
A.because B.when C.before D.until
I was_______tired_______I couldn't walk on.(A) A.so…that B.too…to C.very…that D.very…to
I thought he___D____to see his mother if he time.
A.will go…has B.will go …will have C.would go …would have D.would go …had 175. Today the forests have almost gone. People must ___C____ down too many trees.
A. stop from cutting B. stop to cut C. be stopped from cutting D. be stopped to cut 176. It's very nice _________ you to get me two tickets _________ the World Cup.(B)
A. for～ of B. of～ for C. to～ for D. of～ to
35 / 88
177. My mother was very glad __A____ her old friend.
A. to meet B. meet C. met D. meets
:be +形容词+ to do sth:结构中的不定式作状语～常表示原因或方式。
178. The panda is so fat that it can't go through the hole.(改为意思相同的句子)
The hole ______ ______ ______ ______ such a fat panda to go through.( is～ too～ small～ for) :too +形容词/副词(for sb)to do…:(太……而不能……)和:enough (for sb) to do…:(足以、足够……做……)结构中～不定式作结果状语。
179. The new hospital ___ D ___ is near the factory.
A. build B. builds C. to build D. to be built
当不定式的逻辑主语是不定式所表示的动作的承受者(宾语)时～用动词不定式的被动式～即:to be +过去分词,如果不定式所表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前～不定式用完成式～即:to have +过去分词,如果不定式表示的动作和谓语动词表示的动作同时发生～用不定式的进行式～即:to be +现在分词
180. ________ China isn't rich now, ________we're working hard to make her richer and stronger(B)
A. Though; but B. Though; / C. Both; and D. Because; so
so(因此; 所以)为并列连词～表示结果,because(因为)为从属连词～表示原因～但这对因果连词在句中不可同时并用。but(可是)也为并列连词～表示转折～与之对应的从属连词though/although (虽然)表示让步～它们也不可在句中同时使用。
181. Be careful! The water is too hot. You'd better ___C___ it right now.
A. do not drink B. not to drink C. not drink D. not drinking
【考点】 You'd better 为You had better的缩略式。sb had better (not) do sth为一常用句型～意为―某人最好(不)去做某事‖～请大家务必关注其否定结构。
182. We found ___A____ necessary to protect the environment.
A. it B. this C. that D. what
【考点】 ―主语+find+ it +adj. + to do sth‖为一常用句型～意为―某人发现做某事……‖～其中it 为形式宾语(此时不可用this/that/one等代词替换)～真实的宾语为后置的不定式短语。 183..中文:从战争开始时他就一直在那里工作。
(误)He has worked there since the war has begun. (正)He has worked there since the war began.,since引导的从句表示过去的某时间点～应用一般过去时。, 184. 中文:他去年离开家我就一直没有见过他。
(误)He left home last year and I did not see him since. (正)He left home last year and I haven\\'t seen him since.,since后面省去的是he left home last year～前面的句子要用完成时。,
185. 中文:我去看他们的时候他们在吃晚餐。
(误)They had supper when I went to see them.
(正)They were having supper when I went to see them.,他们在吃晚餐是在过去我去看他们的时间某一点上正进行的动作～应用过去进行时。,
中文:她两个月前去澳洲了～她许多年前到过那里。
(误)She went to Australia two months ago. She has been there many years before. (正)She went to Australia two months ago. She had been there many
years before.,many years before是从过去的某时之前算起的～表示过去的过去～要和过去完成时连用。, 186. Neither he nor you is good at English.,×,
Neither he nor you are good at English.,?, 【解析】either... or...～neither... nor...～not only...～but also...等词组连接句子的两个主语时～谓语动词遵循―就近一致原则‖～即由靠近谓语的那个主语决定谓语的人称和数用何种形式。 187. I can't help _____ the house this afternoon
A. sweeping B. sweep C. swept D. with sweep 【解析】B。易错选A～学生误用了短语can‘t help v-ing。但此题不是―忍不住‖之意～而是―不能帮……之意。
188.The lift is used to ____ up and down every day.
A. going B. went C. go D. gone
【解析】C(易错选A～学生是根据短语be used to v-ing,习惯于…,做出的选择。但此题的be used to是被动语态～不是―习惯于…‖而是―被用来做……‖。
1. My pen ____ better than yours. I may lend it to you.
A. is written B. wrote C. writes D. is writing
【解析】C。易错选A～学生认为―物‖作主语时～应用被动语态。但此句中并不是pen―被写‖～不能用被动形式。
190.____ my visit to France, I arrived ____Paris the first.
A. At, in B. On, at C. During, to D. In, on
【解析】B。易错选A～学生的根据是巴黎是大地方所以应用介词in。但根据此题之意～巴黎是―我‖访问法国的第一站而非目的地。在―我‖的访问的行程中～巴黎只是旅途中的一个―点‖～故宜用at。
36 / 88
191. — Could you tell them____?— Of course, she lives in Shanghai Road. (昆明市)
A. where Lily livesB. where Lily livedC. where did Lily liveD. where to live in
【解析】A。易错选B～学生一看到could～就认为应该选过去时lived。但此题是表示委婉语气～故用一般现在时
192. He hasn't heard from his friend ____ last month.
A. since B. by the end of C. for D. until
【解析】A。易错选B或D。not…until～和last month应与过去的某种时态～而不是现在的某种时态连用。 193. I didn't buy the dictionary yesterday ____ my aunt would give me one. (河南)
A. until B. because C. if D. Before
【解析】B。易错选A～学生只是根据固定搭配not…until来选择～而没有去理解该句的意思。句意为因为姑姑要给我买一本～所以我不买了～是因果关系～不是时间关系。
194 ____ is your father?—The tall man with a pair of glasses under the tree.
A. Who B. Where C. What D. Which
【解析】此题陷阱选项为A或B或C。如果不看语境把四个选项代入句中意思都很通顺。答语意为―树底下那个戴着眼镜的高个子男人‖。由此可知问句的意思应该为―哪一个是你父亲‖。因此正确答案为D。 195—What would you like to drink?—It doesn‘t matter. _______ will do.
A. NothingB. Everything C. Something D. Anything
【解析】如果不看语境把四个选项代入句中意思都很通。其实～这里的语境为―你想喝点什么?‖―没关系～任何东西都行‖。正确答案为D。
196. —What is your favourite _______?—Summer. I can go swimming at that time.
A. festival B. season C. month D. Weather 【解析】如果不看语境～四个选项代入句中意思都很通顺。由答语可知问句所问的是最喜爱哪个季节～答案B 197. It‘s _______ hot _______ cold all the year round in Kunming. It‘s called ―Spring City. ‖
A. either, or B. neither, nor C. both, and D. neither, or 【解析】此题陷阱选项为A或C。这是由于忽略语境造成的。如果不看下文中的It‘called ―SpringCity. ‖那么从语法角度来看A、B、C三项都没有错。但在这里只有B项才符合语境要表达的意思。正确答案为B。 198.Don‘t throw waste paper on the ground. Please _______.
A. pick them up B. pick up them C. pick it up D. pick up it
【解析】此题陷阱选项为A。这是由于忽略语境造成的～如果不注意上文中的waste paper～就很可能误选为A。由于waste paper是不可数名词～应该用it来代替～故正确答案为C。
199. Mr Li said, ―Don‘t make such a mistake again, Tim.‖ (改为间接引语)
Mr Li told Jim ______ ______ ______ such a mistake again. not to make。
【解析】直接引语为否定祈使句时～若改为间接引语～用ask / tell sb not to do sth句型～注意其中的Don‘t改成了not to。
200. Why didn‘t she pass the exam? I want to know... (改为含宾语从句的复合句)
I want to know ______ ______ ______ pass the exam why, she didn‘t。 【解析】注意宾语从句的词序与陈述句的词序相同～所以要说she didn‘t。
201. Jack‘s father asked him, ―Have you packed your things?‖ (改为间接引语)
Jack‘s father asked him ______ he ______ packed his things. 【解析】if, had。将一般疑问句的直接引语改为间接引语～就是将其改为一个以if(是否)引导的宾语从句。宾语从句要用陈述句语序～主句中的谓语动词是过去式时～宾语从句的谓语动词也用过去式。 202. Hurry up, or you‘ll miss the early bus. (改为含条件状语从句的复合句)
______ ______ hurry, ______ ______miss the early train. If you don\"t, you will。
【解析】―祈使句+and / or+陈述句‖句型中的祈使句就相当于一个if引导的条件状语从句。注意:改写时因为前面用了连词if～后面的连词and / or要去掉。
203. This text is very difficult. I can‘t understand it. (合并为同义句)
This text is ______ difficult for me ______ understand.
【解析】too, to。因为too…to…意为―太……而不能……‖正好与前面的意思相吻合。另外～改写后的句子也可说成The text is so difficult that I can‘t understand it.
204. I know a little bit about Italy as my wife and I ____ there several years ago.
A. are going B. had beenC. wentD. have been 【解析】题干中前半句―know‖～一般现在时,后半句出现―several years ago‖～明显的表示过去的时间～所以选择一般过去时―went‖～答案C.本题很多同学都顺着中文―去过‖而误选了―D. have been‖～是没有掌握好语句中出现了具体过去时间这一关键。
205. The young girl sitting next to me on the plane was very nervous. She ____ before.
A. hasn?t flown B. didn?t flyC. hadn?t flown D. wasn?t flying 【解析】题干中前半句―was‖～一般过去时,后半句最后出现―before‖说明是在过去,was,之过去～前半句的―was‖给出了选择过去完成时的时间背景～因此选择C.
206. By the time you get back～ great changes ______ in this area.
A.will take place B.will be taken place C.are going to take place D.will have taken place
37 / 88
【解析】题干―By the time you get back‖～是―到你,将来,回来时‖～这里因为是时间状语从句～将来时用一般时代替～因此后半句的时间应当使―将已经‖～故选择D.
207. When their first child was born, they ______ for three years.
A. had married B. had been married C. had got married D. got married
【解析】选B。这道题考察过去完成时。看到for three years, 第一～马上想到使用完成时～排除第二～动作必须是可延续性的～所以排除,、,两项。
208. I was really anxious about you. You _____ home without a word.
A. mustn‘t leave B. shouldn‘t have left C. couldn‘t have left D. needn‘t leave
【解析】选B。 这道题情态动词+have done 表示―对过去发生的事件的推测‖。shouldn‘t have done 表示―本不该做某事～但是却做了。‖所以选B最合适。C. couldn‘t have done 表示―过去不可能发生的事‖。 209. When all the work ______, you may go back home.
A. finishes B. has finished C. is finished D. will be finished
【解析】选C。考察两个语法点:第一考察主将从现～主句使用may + 动词原形～相当于一般讲来时～从句应该使用一般现在时～所以A、C两项入围。第二考察被动语态。Work 和finish 的关系是动宾关系～因work,工作,自己本身不能发出finish这个动作。所以用被动语态。
210.Lucy and I are classmates. We _______ in Class One.
A. all are B. are all C. both are D. are both
【解析】此题容易误选A或C。这里受到汉语思维的影响引起的～译成汉语正好是―我们都在一班‖。表示两者都要用both～both一般放在be动词、情态动词或助动词之后～行为动词之前。正确答案为D。
211.If there are ______ trees,the air in our city will be _______cleaner.(more/fewer/much)
横线后trees是可数名词的复数形式～只能在修饰名词的复数的fewer和more中选择～根据句意选择―更多more‖,而后面cleaner往往学生会以为是个不可数名词而选择much～其实后面是clean个形容词～而且其后er表示它是形容词的比较级～只有much才能修饰形容词的比较级。
212. What does the word ―alone‖mean?=What‘s the ___________ __________ the world ―alone‖?
【解析】上句中mean作动词～下句中meaning作名词～固定搭配:―the meaning of……的意思‖～学生容易想到meaning～而忽视了后面的介词的搭配～容易写成:off/for Study hard and your dream __________.学生看到了‖and‖会以为是前后动词时态对照～会写come true/comes true.选will come true～是因为它是以下句子的缩略:If you study hard, your dream will come true
When Martin visited Beijing for the first time,he __________ the city.
【解析】大多数学生容易写成:was falling in love with/falling in love with句中有when还有暗示 visited～学生很容易联想到第三单元的从句～而选择上面的答案。 fell in love with―爱上‖～是暂时性动词～应该选用一般过去时。
初中英语语法大全:动名词作主语、宾语和表语 1,作主语
Fighting broke out between the South and the North. 南方与北方开战了。 2,作宾语
a. V+动名词doing
enjoy 喜欢 finish 完成 imagine 想象 understand 理解 keep 继续 suggest建议 face 面对 include 包括 mind 介意 practise 训练 miss 想念 consider 认为 complete 完成 admit 承认 delay 耽误 deny 否认
appreciate 感激,赞赏 avoid 避免 escape 逃脱 prevent阻止 fancy 想象 postpone 推迟 recall 回忆 stand 忍受 understand 理解 forgive 宽恕 resent 讨厌 resist 抵抗 resume 继续 risk 冒险 detest 讨厌 endure 忍受 举例:
(1) Would you mind turning down your radio a little, please? (2) The squirrel was lucky that it just missed being caught. b. 词组后接doing
prefer…to be used to lead to devote oneself to admit to object to stick to be busy doing look forward to(to为介词, no good, no use, be worth doing…, as well as, can't help doing, It's no use /good be tired of be fond of be capable of be afraid of be proud of think of / about hold off put off keep on insist on count on / upon set about be successful in good at take up give up burst out ,stop,prevent … from… 3,作表语
Her job is washing～cleaning and taking care of the children.
38 / 88
初中英语语法大全:既可接不定式又可接动名词作宾语的动词 一、后接不定式或动名词且含义略有不同的动词
这类动词常见的有:like 喜欢 / love 喜欢 / hate 憎恨 / prefer 宁可 / begin 开始 / start 开始 / continue 继续 / can‘t bear 不能忍受 / bother 麻烦 / intend 想要 / attempt 试图 / cease 停止～等。
如: He likes travelling [to travel] alone. 他喜欢单独旅行。
He began doing [to do] this job last year. 他去年开始做这工作。 Don‘t bother to get [getting]dinner for me. 请不必费事为我做饭了。
注意:当 like, love, hate, prefer 与 would, should 连用时～其后只能接不定式。
如:I‘d like to drop in and see you tonight. 我想今晚来看你。
另外～当 begin, start 本身为进行时态或后接 know, realize, understand 等静态动词时～其后的动词只能用不定式。
如:He is beginning to work in that company. 他即将开始去那个公司工作。
After the talk with his English teacher, he began to like English. 跟英语老师谈话之后～他开
始喜欢英语了。
二、后接不定式或动名词含义不同的动词
forget, remember, regret 等接不定式时～表示非谓语动词的动作发生于谓语动词的动作之后,接动名词作宾语时～表示非谓语动词的动作发生于谓语动词的动作之前。 如:I forgot to tell you about it. 我忘记告诉你那件事了。
I remembered giving the book to Li Lei, but he said I didn‘t. 我记得我把书给李蕾了～但是他说我没有给。
此外～动词 forget, remember, regret 等接动名词、接动名词的完成式或不定式的完成式作宾语时～意义相同。如:I regretted to have broken the rules of our class. = I regretted having broken the rules of our class. 我后悔违反了班规。
三、mean后接不定式或动名词含义不同
mean 接不定式作宾语时～表示一种意图～意思是“打算做～想要做”,接动名词作宾语时～表示解释～意思是“意味着～意思是”。
如:”I didn’t mean to bother you. 我本不想打扰你。
What he said means going there by air. 他的话的意思是坐飞机去那儿。 四、try后接不定式或动名词含义不同
try 接不定式作宾语时～表示一种决心～意思是“设法做～尽力做”,接动名词作宾语时～表示尝试～意思是“试着做”。
如:I’ll try to catch up with my class. 我将尽力赶上同学们。
I tried reading the text without consulting my dictionary. 我试着不查词典来阅读课文。 五、need, require, want, deserve后接不定式或动名词语态不同
need, require, want, deserve(应受, 应得, 值得)等表示“需要”的动词后另一动词作宾语时～该动词用不定式或动名词均可～但是其语态不同～即动名词用主动形式表示被动意义～而不定式则用被动形式表示被动意义。
如:The flowers need watering every day. = The flowers need to be watered every day. 花儿需要每天浇水。
注意:若 need, require, want后接动词为句子主语所发出的动作～则只能用不定式～不能用动名词。 如:I need to water the flowers every day. 我需要每天给花浇水。 六、can‘t help后接不定式或动名词含义不同
can’t help 后接不定式时～意思是“不能帮忙做某事”,接动名词作宾语时～意思是“禁不住做某事～情不自禁做某事”。
如:I‘m very busy now, so I can‘t help (to) clean the room. 我现在很忙～因此不能帮助打扫房间。 The girl couldn‘t help crying when she saw her mother again. 当小女孩再次看到母亲时～她情不自 禁地哭了起来。
说明:以下两个动词后接不定式或动名词(不一定是用作宾语)意思也不同: go on to do sth (做完某事后)继续做另一事) (不定式作状语) go on doing 继续做一直在做的事 (动名词作状语)
stop to do sth 停下正在做的事以便去做另一事 (不定式作状语) stop doing sths 停做正在做的事
七、动名词作宾语 Find 的特殊用法:
Find 后可用分词做宾补～ 或先加形式宾语～再加形容词～最后加带to 的动词不定式。 find后也可带一个从句。此类动词还有get～have。
I found him lying on the ground. I found it important to learn.
I found that to learn English is important. 1. 典型例题:
39 / 88
The next morning she found the man ___ in bed～dead. A. lying B. lie C. lay D. laying
答案:A.find的宾语后面～用分词或分词短语～起宾语补足语 lay,laid～laid, v(laying 放～搁,下,蛋, lie,lay～lain, n.& v(lying 谎言,说谎,躺,卧,位于 现在分词表达主动～也表达正在进行～过去分词表达被动。 prefer to doing .
look forword to doing pay attention to doing be used to doing Object to doing lead to doing
get down to doing,开始认真做没事, 奉献之意: contribute to doing dedicate to doing
用现在进行时表示将来
下列动词come, go, arrive, leave, start, begin, return等非延续性动词现在进行时可以表示将来。 例如: I'm leaving tomorrow. Are you staying here till next week? 明天我要走了。 你会在这儿呆到下周吗,
Not at all That's all right That's a good idea(用法 Not at all是回答thank you或者thanks的就是“不客气”或者“不用谢”的意思,That's all right是回答Sorry的 就是“没关系”的意思
再给你几个回答别人谢谢你的时候的回答
You are welcome. 你是受欢迎的,我愿你帮助你, It's my pleasure. 这是我的荣幸,为你效劳,
(1)Thank you for helping me. It's my pleasure
(2)Would you please open the widow? With pleasure.
可见It's my pleasure是回答别人的感谢的～可译为“那是我应该做的”～而whth pleasure是回答别人的请求的～可译为“好的～乐意效劳”。
Don't mention it. 别提它了,别客气, Never mind. 别在意,别客气,
口语中That's a good idea用法 =Good idea,That's an idea
—How about going to the concert, — ____ (I like music very much
A I've no idea B That's a good idea C Yes～I think so D That's your idea 此题应选B。分析如下:
选项A 错误～因为它的意思是:我不知道,相当于I don't know(,～不合语境。 选项C 错误～此题的情景是:一方问另一方去听音乐会如何,提出建议,～而另一方若用I think so(,我认为是如此,来回答～显然属答非所问。选项D 错误～这不合英语交际习惯。选项B 正确。当别人提出一个好的建议和想法时～我们通常用That's a good idea(来愉快地表示同意。如:
1(—Why don't you ring Mrs Smith,你为什么不给史密斯太太打个电话呢,—That's a good idea(是个好主意。有时也说Good idea(,That's an idea(等。
2(—Let's go out for a walk～shall we,我们出去散散步好吗,—Good idea(Where shall we go,好主意～我们去什么地方呢,
3(—Shall I ask him to come tonight,我今天晚上叫他来好吗,—That's an idea(这倒是个好主意。
40 / 88
中考英语否定用法易混易错考点剖析（一）
一、否定句中的助动词、be动词易混易错点
各种时态都有否定结构，使用时助动词与行为动词，be动词与人称、时态和数的一致方面易混易错，这里仅以一般现在时和一般过去时为例说明。
● His son often doesnt do his homework’他的儿子经常不做家庭作业。
句中的动词doesn’t不能写成don’t，因为助动词doesn’t和行为动词do一起构成谓语，表示否定。JP3一般现在时常见的否定结构是：主语 +JP dont/ doesnt + 行为动词 + 其他成分。在宾语从句中，主句的谓语用一般现在时，从句可以根据需要使用不同的时态。当直接引语用一般现在时，改为间接引语时，要用一般过去时（直接引语是客观真理或普遍事实时，变为间接引语时则不变。）如： I don’t know why she was late’我不知道她为什么迟到。
The teacher said to us, “The moon isn’t as far as the sun to us ”→ The teacher told us that the moon isn’t as far as the sun to us’老师对我们说：“月亮没有太阳离我们远。”
● I’d like to go fishing with you if it doesn’t rain tomorrow’如果明天不下雨，我想和你一起去钓鱼。
句中的doesn’t 不能写成won’t，因为这是由if引导的条件状语从句，从句中的谓语动词要用一般现在时代替一般将来时。如：
I’ll go with you if he doesnt come’如果他不来，我就和你一起去。
● Two months isnt short, you may have fun’两个月不短，你可以玩得很开心。
句中的isnt不能写成arent。 因为Two months要作为一个整体来看待，在句中作主语，谓语部分用单数形式。如：HJ2 5mm
Two days isnt enough and we need at least a week’两天不够。我们至少需要一个星期。 ● He didnt play computer games last night’他昨晚没有玩电脑游戏。
句中的didnt不能写成doesnt/ don’t，也不能写成havent/ hasnt，因为这一句是一般过去时的否定句，其结构有两种：JP3① 主语 + wasnt/ weren’t + 表语(There be结构除外)。② 主语 +JP didnt + 行为动词 + 其他成分。当直接引语是一般过去时，改为间接引语时要用过去完成时。如：
There wasn’t a teaching building in our school last year’去年我们学校没有教学楼。 I didn’t call you up just now’我刚才没有给你打电话。
He said, “I didn’t see a man with blood on his shirt yesterday ” → He said that he hadn’t seen a man with blood on his shirt the day before’他说他昨天没有看见一个衬衫上带有血迹的男人。 【中考链接】
1 （2010年黄冈卷）—David has been away for more than 25 days’
—I miss him very muwww.21cnlunwen.comch’You know, 25 days CD#4 short’ A.is
B.isn’t’ C.are D.aren’t
2 （2010年长沙卷）—What are you going to do this afternoon? —We’re going to have a football match if it CD#4 A’will rain
B’rained’ C’doesn’t rain 【简析】1’B。应答句的主语25 days可以看做一个整体，谓语动词应该用单数，所以排除C、D两项。从句意可以判断出谓语应该用否定结构，因此选B项。
2.C。此题考查条件状语从句中的谓语部分。因为主句是一般将来时，从句的谓语动词只能用一般现在时代替一般将来时，所以本题选C。
中考英语否定用法易混易错考点剖析（二）
二、祈使句否定结构易混易错点
祈使句否定结构常见的有Don’t型、 Let型、ask/ tell sb’not to do sth’型或No型等几种类型，使用时容易出错。
● Don’t be late next time’下次不要迟到了。
这种结构的祈使句是由“Don’t + be动词/行为动词+其他成分”构成。句中的Don’t不能写成Not/ No，也不能分开写。如：
Don’t be careless’不要粗心大意。 Don’t be nervous 不要紧张。
● Take care not to catch cold’当心不要着凉。
41 / 88
句中的not 不能写成do not。因为这一句中的not否定的是不定式。当直接引语是否定祈使句，改为间接引语时要用tell/ask sb’not to do sth’（叫/请某人不要做某事）。如： Don’t look out of the window’不要向窗外看。
He told you not to make any noise’他叫你不要吵闹。 ● No smoking in the office’不要在办公室抽烟。
句中的No不能写成 Don’t 或Not，因为这种祈使句中的No是形容词，修饰动名词smoking。No也可以修饰名词。如：
No parking here’此处不准停车。 No photos’不许拍照。 No way’不行/没门儿。 【中考链接】
（2011年沈阳卷）CD#4 buy your ticket from a ticket machine’There are lots of people there’ A.Not’
B.Not to’ C.Don’t’ D.Don’t to
【简析】C。因为该句是行为动词祈使句，所以用Don’t来引导，因此选C项。
中考英语否定用法易混易错考点剖析（三）
三、部分否定和完全否定易混易错点
一般情况下，含否定意义的代词（如：neither, nobody, nothing等）在句中用作主语、宾语等时，表示完全否定。而both, all, every， everyone, everybody等与not连用时，表示部分否定，使用时容易出错。如： Not everyone likes pork’并非人人都喜欢猪肉。
Not every child like sandwiches’并非每一个孩子都喜欢三明治。 All is not gold that glitters’发光的东西并非都是金子。
● Nobody knows why she was late for school’没有人知道她为什么迟到。
句中的Nobody不能写成Everyone/ Everybody。复合代词Nobody在句中用作主语，表示完全否定。如果把Nobody改成Everyone/ Everybody全否定的词除了代词之外，还有形容词、介词、副词等。如：
Nothing makes him change his mind’没有什么能使他改变主意。
I have never seen such wonderful films’我从未看过这么好的影片。 【中考链接】
1 （2010年苏州卷）—Wow! You’ve got so many skirts’ —But CD#4 of them are in fashion now A.all
B.both ’C.neither’ D.none’
2 （2011年福州卷）—CD#4 Mary CD#4 Alice has joined the music club because they have no time’ —It’s a pity A.Both; and
B.Either; or’ C.Neither; nor
3 （2011年成都卷）There’s CD#4 wrong with the camera’Look! It works well’ A.something
B.nothing C.everything’ HJ2 6mm
【简析】1’D。因为应答句表示转折，必须用否定结构，所以排除A、B两项。C项表示“两者都不”，也不符合题意，因此选D项。句意为：——哇！你有这么多裙子。——但现在没有一件是时髦的。
2’C。“因为没有时间，所以Mary 和Alice都没有参加音乐俱乐部”。连接主语的连词应该是否定的，所以选C项。
3’B。此题考查不定代词的用法。从后面的句子Look! It works well’可以判断出前一句是否定句，因此选否定复合代词。
中考英语否定用法易混易错考点剖析（四）
四、表示否定的词、词组或短语易混易错点
42 / 88
除了部分否定句和完全否定句之外，有些表示否定的词、词组或短语如few，little，neither，no longer， tooWW(…WW) toWW(…WW) 等，使用时也容易出错。
● He has few friends here’他在这儿几乎没有朋友。
句中的few不能写成a few。因为few是形容词，修饰可数名词，意思是“极少的、几乎没有的”，含有否定意义。few还可以用作代词，意思是“少数、几乎没有”。a few表示肯定，意思是“几个、一些”。如： There are few mistakes in his composition’他的作文里几乎没有错。 Few of us know his name’我们中几乎没有人知道他的名字。 ● There is no milk in the fridge’冰箱里没有牛奶。
句中的no不能写成not。因为no相当于not a/ not any。这一句可以改为：There is not any milk in the fridge’如：
Before 1929, there was no sound in movies 1929年之前，电影没有声音。（= There was not any sound in movies before 1929 ）
● I like neither of these two cars’这两辆车我都不喜欢。
句中的neither不能写成none，因为neither是代词，表示否定，意思是“两者都不”。而none则表示三者或三者以上都不。 如：
Neither you nor I am wrong’你和我都没有错。 I neither smoke nor drink’我不抽烟，也不喝酒。
● He is too young to join the army’他太小，不能参军。
句中的to不能写成can’t。因为tooWW(…WW) toWW(…WW)是固定搭配，意思是“太……而不能……”。这种结构可以转换成soWW(…WW) thatWW(…WW) 如：
She was too excited to say a word’她激动得说不出一句话。(=She was so excited that she couldn’t say a word ) 【中考链接】
（2010年天津卷）I was so tired that I could CD#4 walk any farther A.nearly’
B.hardly’ C.really D.suddenly
【简析】B。此题考查否定副词的用法。nearly意为“几乎”，hardly意为“几乎不”，really意为“真正地”，suddenly意为“突然”。从原句“我如此疲劳，以致再也不能往前走了”可以判断出答案。
中考英语否定用法易混易错考点剖析（五）
五、情态动词否定结构易混易错点
情态动词的否定结构有的在情态动词之后加not，有的则不能，使用时容易出错。 ● They ought not to allow such things’他们不应该允许这样的事情发生。
句中的not不能放在ought to的后面。情态动词ought to的否定结构是否定后面的不定式，“不应该做某事”要用ought not to do sth’结构。
● You’d better not go out alone at night’晚上你最好不要单独出去。
句中的not不能放在had better之间。因为had better是情态动词，不能分开，其否定句是在had better后面加not。口语中常用简略形式Better not。如：
You’d better not call me aunt, you may call me sister’你最好不要叫我阿姨，你可以叫我姐姐。 —Mum, may I play a computer game? 妈妈，我可以玩电脑游戏吗？ —Better not’最好不要 【中考链接】
（2011年广东卷）—Would you mind if I sit here? —CD#4’Itwww.21cnlunwen.com’s for Miss Zhang A’Better not’
B’Never mind C’Not at all D’Of course not’
【简析】A。A项是You’d better not的省略形式，B项的意思是“不要紧”，C项的意思是“不用谢、没关系”，D项的意思是“当然不”。因为讲话者是询问对方自己是否可以坐在这里，而对方的回答是“为张老师准备的”，是建议对方最好不要坐在这里，因此选A项。 六、双重否定易混易错点
双重否定是指否定加否定结构，有时用来表示肯定意义，有时是为了强调，使用时容易出错。
● It’s 7:30’I can’t believe you haven’t started cooking dinner yet’七点半了，我真不敢相信你还没开始做晚饭呢。
43 / 88
这是一个双重否定句，表示肯定的含义，不能改为肯定句。如果要改为肯定句的话，有些词语就要改变，句子的结构和意义也随之改变。如：
There’s no smoke without fire’无风不起浪。
No matter where you live, you can’t be happy without a friend’不管你住在哪里，没有朋友你是不可能快乐的。
● You won’t get good grades unless you work hard’如果你不努力学习的话，你就不会取得好成绩。 句中的unless 不能写成if，因为unless是连词，意思是“如果不、除非”，相当于if not。这一句相当于：You won’t get good grades if you don’t work hard’如：
That kid never cries unless he is hungry’那个孩子从来不哭，除非他饿了。（= That kid never cries if he isn’t hungry ） 【中考链接】
（2011年河南卷）You won’t feel happy at school CD#4 you get on well with your classmates A’though when’ C’unless DW D’because
【简析】C。此题考查连词的用法。A项意为“虽然”，引导让步状语从句；B
引导时间状语从句；C项意为“除非、如果不”，引导条件状语从句；D项意为“因为”，引导原因状语从句。本题意为：除非你和同学相处融洽，否则你在学校不会快乐。双重否定表示肯定，因此选C项。
中考英语否定用法易混易错考点剖析（六）
七、否定的转移易混易错点
否定的转移通常发生在宾语从句中。从形式上来看是否定主句，实际上是否定宾语从句。否定的转移常见的有两种情况，使用时容易出错。
● You don’t look well’你看起来气色不好。
这一句不能翻译成“你不看起来气色好。”因为这一句中的look是系动词，否定的是表语部分。如： He doesn’t seem to have many friends’他似乎没有许多朋友。
● I don’t think these outdoor activities are dangerous’我认为这些户外活动没有危险。
该句不能翻译成“我不认为这些户外活动有危险。”因为在宾语从句中，如果主句中的动词是think（想/认为），believe（认为），expect（猜想）等时，其否定结构是否定其后的宾语从句。如： I don’t think he has come’我认为他没有来。 八、其他易混易错的情况
（一）被动语态否定结构易混易错
● I haven’t finished my homework yet’我还没有完成家庭作业。
句中的haven’t后面不能加been，因为该句的主语是动作的执行者，是主动结构，而不是被动结构。 ● She wasn’t invited to my birthday party’我没有邀请她参加我的生日聚会。 本句是被动结构，句中的wasn’t不能丢。如：
Japanese isn’t taught in our school’我们学校不教日语。
The rubbish mustn’t be thrown into the river’不应该把垃圾扔进河里。 【中考链接】
1 （2010年宁波卷）—Why is the classroom so dirty? —Sorry, sir’It CD#4 yesterday’We forgot to do it
A.doesn’t clean B.didn’t clean C.isn’t cleaned’ D.wasn’t cleaned 2 （2010年安徽卷）—Are you going to the party? —No, because I CD#4
A’have asked’ B’haven’t asked’ C’have been asked’ D’haven’t been asked 【简析】1.D。此题考查一般过去时的被动语态。应答句中的it是动作的承受者，yesterday是表示过去的时间状语，所以本题要用一般过去时的被动语态。
2.D。此题考查现在完成时的被动语态。从应答句来看，“我不参加聚会”是因为“我没有被邀请”，而不是我邀请别人，所以要用被动语态，因此选D项。 （二）否定疑问句易混易错
● Isn’t it a lovely day! 天气真好！ 这一句不要翻译成：难道不是可爱的一天吗？因为这一句是表示惊讶。否定疑问句通常用来表示惊讶、责备、邀请或建议等。如：
Can’t you see I’m a doctor? 难道你看不出我是一位医生吗？ ● Why not go out for a walk? 为什么不出去散散步呢？ 句中的not不能写成don’t，这是一个省略疑问句，表示建议。如果要用don’t，原句就应该改为：Why don’t you go out for a walk with me? （你为什么不和我一起去散步呢？）。如：
Why not put away your school things? 为什么不把学习用品放好？（=Why don’t you put awayyour school things?）
44 / 88
【中考链接】
（2011年贵阳卷）“For your coming vacation, why CD#4 coming to Guiyang?” “Good idea!” A.not consider
B.don’t consider ’C.to consider 【简析】A。此题考查表示建议的用法。因为Why not 后面直接跟动词，动词consider 后面跟动名词作宾语，所以选A项。
（三）否定倒装易混易错
否定倒装句主要用于强调句首否定词（组）的句子。否定词（组）常见的有：never，hardly，neither，not until等，使用时容易出错。
● —I haven’t read such an interesting novel 我从未读过这么好的小说。 —Neither have I’我也没有看过。
应答句中的neither不能写成so。so只能用于肯定倒装句，否定倒装句应该用neither。如： —I dislike football’我不喜欢足球。 —Neither do I’我也不喜欢。
● Never have I been to the Great Wall’我从未去过长城。
句中的never不能写成neither，因为never只否定本人从未做过某事，neither指前面所说的否定情况也适合于其他人。如：
Never have I made such a mistake’我从未犯过这样的错误。 【中考链接】
CM（17（2010年乌鲁木齐卷）—I never drinkCMcoffee
—CD#4’
A.So do I B.So did I’ C.Neither did I D.Neither do I
【简析】D。该题考查一般现在时的否定倒装句。A项是一般现在时的肯定倒装句，B项是一般过去时的肯定倒装句，C项是一般过去时的否定倒装句，D项是一般现在时的否定倒装句。对方说“我从不喝咖啡”，其应答句表达的应该是“我也从不喝咖啡”，因此选D项。 （四）交际用语中的否定应答容易出错
在日常交际中，直率和委婉的谢绝使用时不能混用。 ● —Would you mind my smoking? 我抽烟你介意吗？ —Certainly not’/ Of course not’当然不介意。
应答句中的not不能丢掉。如果丢掉not，就成了肯定回答，意思就不同了。如： —Would you mind my opening the window? 我打开窗户你介意吗？ —Certainly not’/ Of course not’当然不介意。
● —Could you please help me work out this problem? 请你帮我算出这道题，好吗？ —I’m afraid not’I’ll have a try’恐怕不行，我来试一试。
应答时不能说成No, I can’t’因为这是一句谦虚、委婉的回答。如果用No, I can’t’就是直率的否定回答。如：
—Do you mind if I smoke? 我抽烟你介意吗？ —I’m sorry, but I do’对不起，请不要抽烟。 【中考链接】
1 （2011年南京卷）—Everybody is playing outside’Can I join them, mom? —CD#4’Not until you have finished practicing the piano
A’Why not B’Will you’ C’I hope so D’I’m afraid not 2 （2011年山西卷）—Could you please help me choose an MP4 player? —CD#4’My computer doesn’t work
A’I don’t care B’I hope so’ C’I’m afraid I can’t’
3 （2011年武汉卷）—Would you mind my sitting next to you? —CD#4
A.No, of course not B.No, you can’t C.Yes, please’’’ D.Yes, go ahead 4 （2011年呼和浩特卷）—I can’t go with you today’There will be a test tomorrow’ —CD#4’Maybe next time
A.It doesn’t matter B.My pleasure’ C.I don’t think so’ D.Sorry to hear that
【简析】1’D。A项表示建议，B项表示疑问，C项是肯定回答，D项是委婉拒绝。从应答句的后一句可知本题选D。
2.C。A项的意思是“我不在乎”，B项的意思是“我希望这样”，C项的意思是“我恐怕不行”。因为“我的电脑坏了”，所以应该是没办法帮忙选择MP4 player，故选C项。
3.A。该句的应答句应该是否定回答，如果用肯定回答，则表示不同意对方的建议，所以排除C、D两项。而B项是情态动词的否定回答，也不合题意，因此选A项。
4.A。“我今天不能和你一起”是因为“明天要考试”，从应答部分后一句可知，应答者是在安慰对方“不能去没关系”，故选
45 / 88
2010-2012全国各地中考英语真题精选：词语辨析
【2010安徽省卷】50. I couldn't get through the door because there was a big box ______. A. by the way B. on the way C. out of the way D. in the way 答案：D
【解析】词汇辨析。看答案四个词组的词义，A. by the way 顺便问；B. on the way 在路途当中；C. out of the way都与句意不通。in the way表示挡路。句意为：我进不去门，是因为路中间有个箱子挡道。所以选择答案D. 【2010安徽省卷】48. -- Dad, it's such a long way from our home to the park! -- You mean it's ______ to take a taxi?
A. popular B. necessary C. possible D. important 答案：C
【解析】词汇辨析。看答案四个词的词义A. popular受欢迎的C. possible可能的D. important重要的都与句意不符，句意是家离公园远，就意味着有必要坐车，所以B. necessary需要符合题意。 【2010安徽省卷】40. -- Do you often watch Man and Nature on TV?
--Sometimes. It's an interesting program, but I______ Sports News. A. prefer B. want C. enjoy D. miss 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析。上句意思是：你经常看电视上的《人与自然》吗？答语是：有时候，那是个有趣的节目，但是，我“更喜欢”体育新闻。而B. want 想要；C. enjoy喜欢；D. miss错过。 【2010安徽省卷】37. -- How can I ______ well with my lessons, Dad? -- Practice makes perfect.
A. work on B. hold on C. get on D. keep on 答案：C
【解析】词汇辨析。看这四个选项A. work on 从事；B. hold on别挂了(电话)；D. keep on保持，而C. get on和with构成get on well with… “与…相处的好”。所以选择答案C.
【2010安徽省卷】32. It's nice of you to ______ so much time showing me around your school. A. take B. spend C. cost D. have 答案：B
【解析】词汇辨析。这四个选项词都有“花费”的意思，其中只有spend可用于spend time (in)doing sth.题干后有showing,所以选择B.
【2010河北省卷】35. Mike ________ his computer and checked his e-mail.
A. turned on B. turned off C. turned up D. turned down 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析题。看答案四个词组的词义，A. turned on 打开，B. turned off 关掉，turned up加大音量，D. turned down 缩小音量。句义应为“Mike打开电脑，检查他的e-mail.” 故选A。
【2010河北省卷】29. The Internet is very useful for us. We can ________ find information. A. easy B. easily C. hard D. hardly 答案：B
【解析】词语辨析。情态动词之后应用副词，可排除A,C。又因为句意为互联网对我们很有用，我们可以很容易的发现信息，可排除D, 故选B。
【2010湖北·武汉】 32. –Are you scared of the flight? --No, just a little ________.
A. angry B. serious C. anxious D. calm 答案：C 【解析】词语辨析。句意：——你害怕闪电吗？——不，只是有点焦虑。angry “生气的”； serious “严重的”； anxious “焦虑的”； calm “平静的”，从句意上看，只有C符合题意。 【2010湖北·武汉】33. –Why don’t you choose the red tie? --For me, it doesn’t _________ my shirt very well.
A. fix B. accept C. compare D. match .答案：D
【解析】词语辨析。句意：——你为什么不选红色的领带？——对我来说，它和我的衬衫不是很配。fix “修理;校准”； accept “接受”； compare “对照，比较”； match “比赛；与…..相匹配”。从句意看，只有D符合题意。故答案为D。
【2010湖北·武汉】34. You’ve given me so much help. I really _______ it. A. appreciate B. receive C. suppose D. regard 答案：A
【解析】词语辨析。句意：你已经给了我这么多的帮助。我真的很感激。appreciate“感激”； receive “得到，
46 / 88
收到”； suppose “猜想”； regard “尊敬；尊重”。从句意上理解，只有A项符合题意，故选A。 【2010湖北·武汉】35. –Why are you still waiting in line? --I’ve missed my _______.
A. place B. order C. turn D. time 答案：C 【解析】词语辨析。句意：——你为什么仍然在排队？——我错过了我的一次机会了。place “地方”； order “顺序”； turn“(依次轮流时各自的)一次机会”； time“时间”。通过句意可知，只有C项符合题意，故答案为C。
【2010湖北·武汉】37. –Waiter, $ 20 for dinner, right? --I’m afraid $25, sir, for drinks are ________.
A. extra B. free C. high D. spare 答案：A
【解析】词语辨析。句意：——服务员，晚餐20美元，对吗？——恐怕是25美元，因为饮料是另外收费的。从句意上看，多出了5美元，所以应当用形容词extra，表示为“另外收费的”，其他选项不符合题意，故答案为A。 【2010湖北·武汉】39. –How about the exhibition that day? --It was very noisy, but that didn’t ________ me.
A. hurt B. impress C. change D. bother 答案：D
【解析】词语辨析。句意：——那天的展览怎么样啊？——太吵了，但是那根本烦扰不了我。hurt“受伤”； impress“给…..印象深刻”； change“改变”； bother“烦扰”。从句意可知，只有D符合句意，所以选D。 【2010湖北·武汉】40. It was a difficult time, but we never ________ hope. A. put up B. gave up C. picked up D. used up 答案：B
【解析】词汇辨析。句意：这是一个困难的时刻。但是我们从没有放弃希望。put up “举起；抬起”；give up“放弃”；pick up“拾起”；use up“用完；耗尽”。从句意可知，只有B项符合题意，故答案为B。
【2010福建·晋江】32. –Lily has a silk __________. Listen, she is singing in the next room! -- How nice!
A. look B. noise C. voice 答案：C
【解析】词语辨析。look可数名词，意思“相貌，样子，外表”，常用复数形式；noise 不可数名词，意思“噪杂声，吵闹声”；voice，可数名词，意思“嗓音，说话声”。故选择C。
【2010湖北·咸宁】28. — I am glad to be invited to Susan’s birthday party on Friday evening, Mum. — yourself, dear! But remember to be back before 10 o’clock. A. Help B. Believe C. Make D. Enjoy 答案：D
【解析】词语辨析。上句意思是我非常高兴地被邀请参加苏珊的生日晚会；下句是祝你玩得高兴！固定词组enjoy oneself玩的高兴，所以选择答案D.
【2010湖北·咸宁】31. — I hear you have to run for half an hour every day. — Right. It is one of the in my school.
A. choices B. plans C. hobbies D. rules 答案：D
【解析】词汇辨析。句子意思是：我听说你每天必须跑步半小时，是的，这是我们学校的规则之一。Choices选择；plans计划；hobbies爱好；rules规则。所以选择答案D.
【2010湖北·咸宁】32. — What will they do to deal with the accident?
— Ten doctors and five nurses have a medical team and will start out right now. A. worked out B. made up C. helped out D. belonged to 答案：B
【解析】词汇辨析。选项的四个词组是：work out算出来；make up构成；help out帮助脱离；belong to属于。这里是面对意外事故，由10个医生和5个护士构成医疗队make up a medical team,所以选择答案B.
【2010湖北·咸宁】34. — Congratulations! Your English teacher told me you got an A this time. — Thank you. She is very .
A. impressed B. embarrassed C. terrified D. frustrated 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析。祝贺你，你的英语老师说你这次考了A，非常感谢你，她非常impressed印象深的，而其它的： embarrassed为难的， terrified害怕的， frustrated失意的,都不合题意。所以选择答案A.
【2010黑龙江·哈尔滨】25．The FWA World Cup is ______ fantastic that a lot of people in the world aye crazy(疯狂的) about it．
A．such B．so C．very 答案：B
47 / 88
【解析】本题考查词语辨析。句中的so+ adj/adv + that…如此……以至于……。such 的句型是such + a/an + adj/adv + that 如此……以至于……，根据句中that之前为形容词fantastic，可知用句型so+ adj/adv + that…。 【2010黑龙江·哈尔滨】28．Enough sleep is good for health．If you ______ for your favorite TV programs，you will feel sleepy．
A．stay up B．set up C．pick up 答案：A
【解析】本题考查动词短语辨析。stay up熬夜不睡，set up搭起、建造，pick up拾起、捡到。根据句意是：足够的睡眠有利于身体健康。如果你熬夜不睡来看喜爱的电视剧，你将感到困倦。 【2010贵州·铜仁】31. — ____ will you come back? — In a week. A. How long B. How often C. How far D. How soon 答案：D
【解析】词语辨析。how long询问时间持续多长，how soon询问将在多久时间后（发生某事），how often询问频率，how far询问距离。由答句’In a week’知是询问多久之后，故选择D。
【2010江苏·镇江】5. That film was so _________ that most of the audience kept screaming in fear while watching it last night.
A. exciting B. frightening C. boring D. amazing 答案：B
【解析】词汇辨析。A. exciting令人兴奋的；B. frightening令人害怕的；C. boring令人厌倦的；D. amazing令人开心的。句意为那部电影如此吓人以至于许多观众昨晚看它的时候吓得一直尖叫。故选择B。
【2010江苏·镇江】7. It’s said that smoking won’t be _________ in indoor public places or workplaces in China soon.
A. attacked B. admired C. attracted D. allowed 答案：D
【解析】词汇辨析。A. attack袭击；B. admire羡慕；C. attract吸引；D. allow允许。句意为据说不久中国将不允许在室内的公共场所及办公地点吸烟。故选择D。
【2010江苏·镇江】11. The Gulf of Mexico（墨西哥湾） is being polluted seriously. That has affected _________ several hundred kinds of sea animals there.
A. at least B. at once C. at birth D. at times 答案： A
【解析】词汇辨析。A. at least至少；B. at once立刻，马上；C. at birth生下来时；D. at times有时，偶尔。句意为墨西哥湾被污染的很严重。那已经影响了那里的至少几百种的海洋动物了。故选择A。
【2010江苏·镇江】12. Mr Brown always makes his class _________ and keeps his students _________ in class.
A. alive; interesting B. lively; interesting C. alive; interested D. lively; interested 答案：D
【解析】词汇辨析。alive活着的，常作表语；lively生动的，活泼的；interested对…….感兴趣的，通常修饰人，interesting使人感兴趣的，通常修饰物。句意为布朗先生总是让他的课非常生动，使学生对他的课感兴趣。故选择D。
【2010江苏·苏州】6．—I wonder_______ you’ll water this kind of tree． —Once a week．
A．how often B．how long C．how soon D．how much 答案：A
【解析】词语辨析。句意为我想知道你们将多长时间浇一次这种树。每星期一次。
How often 多久一次how long多长，多长时间 how soon多久一般与将来时连用 how much多少钱，对不可数名词多少提问。故选A。
【2010甘肃•兰州】26. You shouldn’t ______ your hope. Everything will be better. A. give up B. fix up C. cheer up D. put up 答案：A
【解析】本题考查词组的辨析。give up 是“放弃”的意思，fix up是“修补，修理”，cheer up是“使振作起来，put up 的意思是“举起，张贴”。根据题意：“你不应该放弃希望。一切都会好起来。”故选A。 【2010甘肃•兰州】27. How much does the ticket ______ from Shanghai to Beijing? A. cost B. took C. spend D. pay 答案：A
【解析】本题考查动词“花费”的辨析。cost主语是物，表示某物或某事花去某人多少金钱、时间或精力。spend主语是人，表示某人在……上花去多少金钱。take 作为“花费，占用”，其主语是物，经常跟双宾语。pay的主语是人，通常与for连用。本题的意思是：从上海到北京的票价要花费多少钱？故选A。 【2010甘肃•兰州】36. We have ______ up early in order to catch the early bus.
A. used to get B. been used to get C. used for getting D. been used to getting
48 / 88
答案：D
【解析】本题考查used to 和be used to的区别。used to 指的是过去常常做某事，目的在于与现在形成对照。be used to 表示“习惯做某事”，接动名词的形式。根据题意：我们习惯于起早是为了赶上早班车。故选D。 【2010广东·广州】19. You should really ____ smoking. It's a terrible habit. A. grow up B. pick up C. give up D. set up 答案：C
【解析】本题题意为“吸烟是一个可怕的习惯，你应该放弃吸烟。”，grow up意为“长大”； pick up意为“拾起，捡起”；set up意为“创设，创立”，由题意及解析可知答案为C。
【2010湖北·宜昌】33. --- The girl ____ all her savings to the people in the Southwest for the serious drought (旱灾).
--- What a donation and what a nice girl!
A. handed out B. put out C. sold out D. gave out 答案：D
【解析】本题题意为“这个女孩将她所有的积蓄都捐献给西南方受严重旱灾的人们。”“多么好的捐助，多么好的女孩啊。”hand out意为“分发”；put out意为“出版，伸出”；sold out意为“卖完”；gave out意为“用尽，花光”，由题意及解析可知答案为D。
【2010湖北·宜昌】 36. --- Would you please ____ the paper for me and see if there are any obvious (明显的) mistakes? --- Of course I will.
A. look around B. look through C. look up D. look into 答案：B
【解析】本题题意为“请帮我浏览一下我的试卷，看是否有什么明显的错误好吗？”“当然，我会的。”look around意为“四处张望”；look though意为“浏览”；look up意为“向上看；查找”；look into意为“调查”，由题意及解析可知答案为B。
【2010四川·达州】26.—Your watch is so beautiful. It must be expensive. —Not at all. I only ￥20 on it.
A. cost B. spent C. paid D. took 答案B
【解析】这几个词都有“花费”的意思，cost 主语是物；spent常用spent……on; pay 常与for 连用；take直接加钱数。根据所给句子，故答案应选B。
【2010江苏·连云港】6.---Let’s go hiking ___________ staying at home , shall we? ----A good idea.
A. as well as B. in order to C. instead of D. in addition to 答案：Ｃ
【解析】词语辨析。As well as不但。。。。。。而且；in order to 为了；instead of 代替；in addition to另外。根据句意 ，让我们去远游来代替呆在家里。故答案应选Ｃ
【2010江苏·连云港】7.To _________ nature is to help ourselves , or we will be punished. A. protect B. prevent C. provide D. pollute 答案：A
【解析】词语辨析。A protect保护 Ｂprevent 阻止 C provide 供应 D pollute.句意：保护自然就是帮助我们自己，否则我们就会受到惩罚。故答案应选A
【2010江苏·连云港】.The fire was completely ________ shortly afterwards with the help of the firemen. A. cut down B. put out C. give out D. floated away 答案 B
【解析】词语辨析 cut down 砍到 put out 扑灭 give out 分发 floated away 飘走，故根据题意，答案应选B 【2010江苏·连云港】13.---What’s the news about ? ---________ entertainment stars gathered to attact donations for Yushu. A.A member of B.A kind of C.A packet of D.A number of 答案：D
【解析】词语辨析。A member of成为其中一员；a kind of 一类；a packet of 一包；a number of 许多。根据句意，答案应选D。
【2010四川·内江-】--_______will you stay in Shanghai ?
---For about three weeks .
A. How long B. How far C. How often 答案A
【解析】how long对时间长度提问；how far对距离提问；how often 对频率提问，根据答语，答案应选Ａ 【2010宁夏】27. When we came to the gate, he stopped _______ me go in first.
A. to let B. to tell C. to allow D. to ask
答案Ａ
【解析】词语辨析，A let sb do sth B tell sb to do sth C allow sb to do sth D ask sb to do sth.故答
49 / 88
案应选Ａ 【2010宁夏】29. Mr. Li regards Ningxia as his second____ because he has been here for over twenty years.
A. family B. house C. room D. home
答案Ｄ
【解析】词语辨析 family “家，家庭”;house“住宅，住所”长指居住的建筑物本身；room指居住的房间；home 着重指某人出生及抚养长大的环境，是家庭关系的中心，故有“故乡”的意思。所以答案选D。 【2010宁夏】35. It’s very hot here. Why not _______ your coat?
A. have on B. take off C. put off D. put on 答案B
【解析】 have on 穿着；take off 脱下；put off 推迟，put on 穿上。根据题意，故答案应选Ｂ。 【2010湖南·娄底】4. —
—Join an English language club to practice， you’ll it? A. be good at B. drop in 答案Ａ
【解析】be good at 擅长 drop in 落下 deal with 处理，对待。根据句意答案应选C。 【2010四川·内江】Can you tell me the English meaning of the word ?
---Why don’t you _______ in the dictionary?
A. look it up B. ring it up C. pick it up 答案A
【解析】look up向上看 查阅 ring up打电话；pick up 捡起，根据题意故答案应选Ａ。- 【2010四川·宜宾-】Xiao Wang, __________ will it take to fly to Guangzhou? --- Sorry, I don’t know.
A. how far B. how soon C. how many D. how long 答案D
【解析】how far多远； how soon还需多久；how many多少；how long 多长时间，根据句意答案应选Ｄ
【2010四川·宜宾】34. Though Jack was poor and sick, he never ______ any chance to write. That is why
he finally became a successful writer.
A. agreed to B. gave up C. looked for D. thought of 答案Ｂ
【解析】agree to 同意； give up放弃；look for寻找；thought of 想起，认为，根据句意，答案应选Ｂ。 【2010重庆】28. ---_______ have you been away from your hometown, Janet? ---Since 5 years ago.
A. How many B. How long C. How much D. How often 答案Ｂ
【解析】根据答语，用how long 提问 多长时间-
【2010重庆】--The radio ______ that there will be another heavy rain in Guangdong. ---Too bad. It has rained for the whole week. A. tells B. talks C. says D. speaks 答案C
【解析】tell告诉；talk 谈论；say 说具体内容；speak 说某种语言，故答案选C
【2010重庆】40. ---Steven, could you help me ______ when the plane will take off on the Internet? ---I’m sorry, my computer doesn’t work.
A. get on B. find out C. look for D. look after 答案Ｂ
【解析】get on上车；find out找出发现；look for寻找，表动作；look after 照顾，根据句意，答案应选Ｂ。 【2010浙江·义乌】19 It is a good habit for us that we should never today’s work till tomorrow. A. put on B. put off C. put up D. put down 答案Ｂ
【解析】put on 表演 穿上；put off推迟 延期；put up 举起；put down 平定，根据句意，故答案选Ｂ 【2010浙江·义乌】21 -- do you read English newspapers？
st --I read 21 Century every day.
A. How long B. How often C. How many D. How much 答案B
【解析】根据答语，每天读报纸，必须用表示问频率的短语，故应选答案Ｂ
【2010浙江·义乌】23. Zhou Yang is skating. She won a gold medal at the 2010 Olympic Winter Games.
A. good at B. weak in C. tired of D. angry with 答案A
【解析】be good at擅长；be weak in……弱；be tired of 厌倦；be angry with对………生气，根据后句句意，故答案选Ａ
50 / 88
【2010浙江·东阳】25. –Attention, please. The flight has to be_______ because of the heavy rain. A. put on B. put off C. put away D. put up 答案Ｂ
【解析】put on 表演 穿上；put off推迟 延期；put up 举起；put away 把......收拾好，根据题意，答案应选Ｂ。
【2010广东·广州】19. You should really ______smoking. It's a terrible habit A. grow up B. pick up C give up D. set up 答案：C
【解析】词汇辨析。看答案四个词组的词义，A. grow up长大；B. pick up 拾起，捡起；D. set up 创设，创立。都与句意不符。吸烟是一个可怕的习惯，我们应放弃吸烟。故选择：C.
【2010湖北•荆州】17. —Do you think yesterday’s math problem was difficult? —Yes. I could ________ work it out.
A．hardly B．easily C．finally D．nearly 答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。上文认同试题难，下文则表示“几乎做不来”。 【2010湖北•荆州】21. —Peter, what if your parents go out? —They ask me to _______ myself.
A．look after B．look up C．look for D．look through 答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。由语境推断，父母亲要求我“照顾”自己。look up“向上看” look for“寻找” look through“浏览”
【2010河南】27 It was very hard for me to make a but J decided to leave my job A suggestion B decision C plan D speech 答案：B
【解析】词义辨析。由下文推断，对于我而言很难作决定；make a decision“作决定”。
【2010河南】29 Rebuilding in Yushu began soon alter the earthquake，and it will long into the future
A . reach B keep C stop D last 答案： D
【解析】词义辨析。表示时间延续多久，用last“延续”。 【2010河南】30 Karin found some waste paper on the floor．She it and threw into the future. A put; up B picked up C turned; up D looked up 答案：B
【解析】词义辨析。由发现地上有废纸推断，把它捡起来……；pick up意思是“捡起” 【2010潍坊】20．The cookies _________ good．Could I have some more? A．taste B．smell C．feel D．sound 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析。根据句意“这些甜饼尝起来很好。我可以在多吃一些吗？”可知此处指“品尝起来”。taste的意思是“品尝起来”；smell表示“闻起来”；feel意思为“感觉到”；sound表示“听起来”。
【2010潍坊】28．The little elephant is afraid to go alone．He always walks _________ his mother． A．besides B．beside C．below D．under 答案：B 【解析】词汇辨析。句意“他总是在他母亲旁边走”。beside的意思是“在……旁边”；besides表示“除了……”；below表示“低于”；under“在……下面”。
【2010潍坊】30．—_________ do you have PE lessons? —There times a week．
A．How long B．How soon C．How many D．How often 答案：D
【解析】词汇辨析。根据答语Three times a week.可知提问的应该是“频率”。how long提问“多久”；how soon用来提问“多久之后”；how many用来提问“多少”；how often提问的是“频率”，故选择D项。 【2010黑龙江·鸡西】24. －Could you please ______ my goldfish while I’ m away？ －It’s my pleasure.
A. look after B. look for C. look at 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析。看答案四个词组的词义，A. look after 照看；B. look for寻找；C. look at 看。这里的句意是：当我不在时你能帮我照看金鱼吗？所以选答案A.
【2010黑龙江·鸡西】28. Last weekend, the Greens had great fun ______ at Water World. A. swimming B. cooking C. hiking 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析。在这里句子意思是：上周末格林一家在水上公园当然是快乐地“游泳”，而不是做法和徒步
51 / 88
旅行。所以选答案A
【2010山东•泰安】27. —Lucy, do you like ______? —Yes. Most of my clothes are ______.
A. an orange, an orange B. orange, orange C. oranges, oranges D. orange, an orange 答案：B 【解析】词汇辨析。orange 作为可数名词意思是“桔子”，复数形式为oranges；作为不可数名词意为“橘子汁，橙汁”，无复数形式；作为形容词意为“橘黄色的”。根据答语可知此题考查它作为形容词的用法。 【2010山东•泰安】31. —Where is Mr. Lee? I have something important to tell him. —You ______ find him. He ______ Japan.
A. won’t, has gone to B. may not, has been to C. may, has gone to D. can’t, has been to 答案： A
【解析】词义辨析。have been to 与 have gone to 的区别。have been to 指“去过”，have gone to 指“去了”， 即不在说话者所在地。根据句义，“他去了日本”，所以“你找不到他”。 【2010山东•泰安】35. —Tom, your books should be in right order. —OK. I’ll ______ right now.
A. put them down B. put them away C. put them up D. put them on 答案：B
【解析】词义辨析。put down 意为“放下”， put away “收起，收好，拿走”， put up 为“举起”， put on 指“穿上，戴上”。 它们都是动副词组，代词放在中间。根据题意应是“收起，收好”。 【2010山东•泰安】37.—______ will you come back, Mum? —In ten minutes.
A. How long B. How soon C. How often D. How far 答案： B
【解析】词义辨析。how long 指时间或长度，意为“多长”； how soon 指时间“多久，多快”，常用于将来时；how often 指频率，“多久一次”；how far 指距离，路程，“多远”。根据答语应为“多久，多快”。 【2010福建•龙岩】37. — ______ is “The Same Song” shown on CCTV-3? — Once a week.
A. How long B. How often C. How soon 答案：B
【解析】词汇辨析。How long“多长时间”， How often “多久一次”，How soon“多快”用在一般将来时态中。根据答语Once a week“一周一次”可判断选B。
【2010四川·广安】33. —______ do you water the plants, Miss Yang? —Twice a day. A. How much B. How soon C. How often 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。根据答语知道是询问频度副词的，所以应该用How often，故选C. 【2010四川·广安】34. —Do you have this kind of MP5? —Sorry, we ______ yesterday. You can come next week. A. tried them on B. took them off C. sold them out 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。主要考查“动词+副词”的用法，当宾语为代词时，要放在中间.故选C. 【2010甘肃.定西】2. —What’s your ? —I like swimming.
A. job B. age C. hobby D. number 【答案】C
【解析】本题考查名词辨析。job工作；age年龄；hobby业余爱好；number数字，号码。根据后面的答语“我喜欢游泳”可知问的是“你的业余爱好是什么？”故选C。
【2010甘肃.定西】5. — are you going to the airport？ A. What B. How C. When D. Why 【答案】B
【解析】本题考查疑问词的用法辨析。句意：你打算怎样去机场？表示询问方式用How提问。
【2010甘肃.定西】23. The smile on my teacher’s face showed that she was with me. A. sad B. pleased C. worried D. angry 【答案】B 【解析】本题考查词汇辨析。句意：老师脸上的笑表明她对我很满意。前面的smile表明老师不可能是“悲伤”“担忧”或“生气”。所以选B。
【2010甘肃.定西】25. —What volunteer work would you like to do? —I’d like to sick people in the hospital.
52 / 88
A. turn up B. stay up C. look up D. cheer up 【答案】D
【解析】本题考查动词词组的意义辨析。turn up出现，发生；stay up熬夜；look up查阅；cheer up使高兴，使开心。根据上下文语境以及搭配情况可知，只有B和后面的sick people搭配合适，答语的意思是“我想使医院里的病人开心起来。”
【2010广东·广州】19. You should really ______smoking. It's a terrible habit A. grow up B. pick up C give up D. set up 答案：C
【解析】词汇辨析。看答案四个词组的词义，A. grow up长大；B. pick up 拾起，捡起；D. set up 创设，创立。都与句意不符。吸烟是一个可怕的习惯，我们应放弃吸烟。故选择：C. 【2010辽宁·沈阳】12．—Excuse me， ____ is the post office? —About 500 metres away.
A．how often B．how long C．how far D．how soon 答案 ：Ｃ
【解析】how often 对频率提问；how long对时间长度提问；how far对距离提问，how soon对还需多久进行提问。根据题意 “邮电局还有多远？”，故答案选Ｃ
【2010辽宁·沈阳】13．____ early，and you won't be late for school． A．Turn down B．Turn up C．Get up D．Get down 答案Ｃ
【解析】turn down 减小；turn up 加大，get up 起床，get down下来，根据句意“起早些，你上学不会迟到”答案应选C
【2010湖北·黄冈】从A、B,C、D四个选项中，选出与句子划线部分意义相同或相近并能替代的那一项。 26．Mr. Green is very happy because he is satisfied with his students’ work today． A．is moved by B．is good for C is fond of D．is pleased with 答案 D 【解析】句意“格林先生非常高兴，因为他满意学生的今天学习表现” is moved by意为“被什么感动”；is good for 意为“对什么有利”；is fond of 意为“喜欢”；is pleased with意为“对什么满意”，根据句意，故答案应选D。
27．The students ought to wear school uniforms when they’re at schoo1． A．are supposed to B are allowed to C would like to D．1ove to 答案A
【解析】句意“学生们应当穿校服当他们在学校的时候”，are supposed to 意为“应当”；are allowed to 意为“允许”；would like to意为“想要干什么”；love to意为“喜欢”，根据句意，故答案应选A 28．Could you get some apples for me on your way home，mom?
A．put up B．put away C take up D．pick up 答案D
【解析】句意“妈妈 ，在你回家的路上你能为我搞到一些苹果吗”put up 意为“张贴，举起”；put away意为“收拾，整理”；take up意为“占据，开始从事于”；pick up 意为“建起，获得，搞到”根据句意，故答案选D
29．The car looks nice．Besides，it’s much greener because it uses electricity instead of gas． A．However B．What’s more C Even though D．What’s worse 答案Ｂ 【解析】句意“这辆小汽车看起来很漂亮，除此之外，它更环保因为它用电代替了气”，Ｈowever 意为“然而”；What’t more 意为“而且”；Even though意为“即使”；What’s worse意为“更糟糕的是”，根据题意，故答案应选B
30．The new movie，Xing Xiuniang，which tells the story about the great master(大师)of Huangmei Opera，will be put on next year．
A．dressed up B．on sale． C on show D．set up 答案C 【解析】句意“讲述一代黄梅戏大师邢绣娘故事的新电影将在下年上映”,dressed up 意为“盛装”； on sale 意为“正在出售”；on show 意为“上演”；set up意为“建立”，根据句意，故答案选D。
【2010湖北·襄樊】27．--William，please remember to _ _ the photo taken in Canada here when you come to school tomorrow． I’d like to have a look．
--OK．I’ll introduce something about it to you myself．
A． take B． pass C． bring D． carry 答案C
【解析】句意“威廉，明天来上学的时候，请把你在加拿大拍的照片拿到这儿来，我想看一看。”“好的，我将把这些照片介绍给你。”take 把某东西拿走；pass 传递某东西；bring把某东西拿来；carry搬运某东西。根据句意故答案选Ｃ。
【2010湖北·襄樊】31．--Why are you unhappy， Ben？
53 / 88
--I was late for class again． I’m afraid Miss Li will be me． A． friendly to B． angry with C． busy with D． proud of 答案B
【解析】句意“你为什么不高兴，Ben?”“我上课又迟到了，我害怕老师对我生气”。Be friendly to对．．．有好；be angry with对．．．生气；be busy with忙碌干某事；be proud of对．．．感到自豪。根据句意，故答案选Ｂ。
【2010湖北·襄樊】32．--Do you know how to pronounce this word？ --Yes． I _ _ in the dictionary yesterday．
A． looked it up B． worked it out C． gave it away D． picked it up 答案Ａ
【解析】句意“你知道这个单词的发音吗？”“知道，我昨天已查过字典了”，look up查阅；work out 算出；give away赠送，泄露pick up 捡起，根据句意，故答案选A
【2010山东·东营】21. The 2010 Guangzhou Asian Games will be ________ from Nov. 12 to Nov. 27. A. held B. examined C. achieved D. expected 答案A 【解析】句意：2010年广州亚运会将于11月12号到27号举行，hold 举行；examined 测试；achieve实现；expect 期望。故答案选A
【2010山东·东营】22. Zhang Yimou is not in China. He has gone . A. away B. back C. abroad D. around 答案C
【解析】句意：张艺谋没在中国，他去国外啦，go away 走开；go back 回去；go abroad 出国；go around 四处走走，故答案选C。
【2010山东·东营】27. – Are you “planting online vegetables”? -- No. I think it’s a waste of time.
A. major in B. afraid of C. angry with D. interested in 答案D 【解析】句意：你对网上偷菜感兴趣吗？不，我认为是浪费时间。be major in主要做；be afraid of害怕；be angry with对。。。生气；be interested in 对。。。感兴趣。故答案选Ｄ。
【2010山东·东营】28. You should praise your son. ________, he works harder than before. A. After all B. Above all C. As a result D. First of all 答案Ａ
【解析】句意：应当表扬你的儿子，毕竟他比以前学习更加努力啦,after all毕竟；above all首先；as a result;结果；first of all 最重要的。根据句意，故答案选A。
【2010山东·东营】31. After so many years’ hard work, Zhao Hongbo and Shen Xue’s dream in 2010 Vancouver Winter Olympic Games.
A. came true B. gave up C. built up D. worked out 答案Ａ
【解析】句意：经过这么多么年的努力拼搏，赵宏博和申雪的梦想终于在2010年温哥华冬奥会得到了实现。come true 实现；give up 放弃；build up 建设，建造；work out 算出，做出。根据句意，故答案选A. 【2010山东·东营】32. Whether you can enter the high school yourself.
A. calls for B. depends on C. agrees with D. connects with 答案Ｂ
【解析】句意：你是否能进入高中就依靠你自己。call for要求，需求；depend on 依靠依据。agree with t同意；connect with 于什有么联系。根据句意，答案应选B。
【2010江苏·盐城】5. He his umbrella to me yesterday, so I didn’t get wet. A. borrowed B. kept C. lent D. bought 答案Ｃ
【解析】句意：昨天他把他的伞借给了我，所以我没淋湿。Borrow 借进某东西；keep保存；lend…to把某东西借给某人；buy买。根据句意，故答案选B。
【2010江苏·盐城】10. It is a good habit to all your things in correct places. A. put away B. put up C. put out D. put off 答案A
【解析】句意：把你所有的东西收拾到正确的地方是一个好习惯。Put away把…收拾好；put up 举起，张贴；put out 扑灭：put off推迟，根据句意，故答案选A。
【2010黑龙江·齐齐哈尔】25 –Have you ever heard the song “My heart will go on”? -Yes, it ____________ beautiful. All of us like it very much. A smells B looks C sounds 答案Ａ
【解析】句意：你听过《我心永恒》这首歌吗？是的，它听起来很美，我们所有人都很喜欢它。smell 闻起来；look看起来；sound听起来，根据句意，故答案应选C．
/ 88
【湖北·孝感】25. —_____ is it from your home to school? —A bout three miles.
A. How much B. How long C. How far D. How often 答案C
【解析】句意：你家到学校有多远？大约3英里。How much对多少提问；；how long对时间长度提问；how far对距离提问;how often 对频率提问。根据句意，故答案应选C。
【湖北·孝感】33. Old Henry _____ take his dog for a walk after supper．But these days he is too weak to do that.
A. has to B. is able to C. used to D. got used to 答案C
【解析】句意：老亨利过去晚饭后带着狗去散步，但这些天他太虚弱不能去啦。has to不得不；is able to 能；used to过去曾经做过；get used to 习惯于。根据句意，答案应选C。 【湖北·孝感】37. We thought hard and finally _____ a good idea. A. fall in love with B. got along well with C. came up with D. made friends with 答案C
【解析】句意：我们努力地想最后想出了一个好办法。fall in love with与…相爱；get along well with与…相处很好；come up with提出、想出；make friends with与…交朋友。根据句意，故答案应选Ｃ。 【江西·南昌】27．一What do you think of Lucy’s birthday party?
— ____．I hope l can have such a panyt00．
A．Just so so B．Boring C．Terrible D．Wonderful 答案D
【解析】本题题意为“你认为露西的生日聚会怎么样？”“非常棒。我也想举办一个这样的聚会。”考查形容词词义的辨析。Just so so意为“一般般，凑合吧”；boring意为“令人厌烦的”；terrible意为“可怕的，糟糕的”；wonderful意为“精彩的”，根据答语“我也想举办一个这样的聚会”可知，露西的生日聚会非常棒，因此答案为D。
28．一Do you know the way to the post office? 一Yes．Follow me and I’ll you
A．call B．pick C．show D．invite 答案C
【解析】本题题意为“你知道去邮局的路吗？”“是的，跟我来，我指给你看。”考查动词词义辨析。Call打电话给某人；pick采摘；show出示；给某人看；invite邀请，由题意和解析可知答案为C。 【江西·南昌】29．一Are you ____ the dark?
—Oh．yes．I always go to sleep with the light on．
A．used to B．afraid of C．interested in D．good with 答案B 【解析】本题题意为“你害怕黑暗吗？”“哦，是的，我总是开着灯睡觉。”本题考查形容词短语辨析。“be used to +名词/动名词”意为“习惯于做某事”；be afraid of意为“害怕……”；be interested in意为“对……感兴趣”；be good with意为“善于使用或处理……”，由答语“I always go to sleep with the light on．”可知，她对黑暗是非常害怕的，因此答案为B。
【2010江西·南昌】34．一Oh! What’s the matter?
一I’m really all the time．I have no energy． A．busy B．happy C．tired D．excited 答案C
【解析】本题题意为“噢！你怎么了？”“我总是感觉很累，打不起精神。”busy忙的；happy高兴的；tired累的；excited感到兴奋的；由题意及解析可知答案为C。
【2010湖北·黄冈】28．Could you get some apples for me on your way home，mom? A．put up B．put away ． C take up D．pick up 答案D
【解析】本题题意为“妈妈，你能在回家的路上顺便给我买些苹果吗？”，“顺便做某事”应该表示为pick up，因此答案为D。
【2010湖北·黄冈】 30．The new movie，Xing Xiuniang，which tells the story about the great master(大师)of Huangmei Opera，will be put on next year．
A．dressed up B．on sale． C on show D．set up 答案C
【解析】本题题意为“新电影《邢绣娘》明年将上映，它讲述了黄梅戏大师的故事。”put on表示“上映”，其同义词为on show，因此答案为C。
【2011乌鲁木齐】29. Don't _ too late. or you will feel tired in class. A. wake up B. get up C. stay up D. stand up 【答案】C
55 / 88
【解析】动词短语辨析wake up “叫醒，唤醒”； get up“起床”； stay up“熬夜”； stand up“站起来”。句意为“不要熬夜太晚，否则上课你会感到累”。
【2011•广西柳州】 Speak louder, please. I can’t ________ you. A. see B. hear C. write 答案B
【解析】考查动词的用法。根据句意：请大声说。我不能听见你。其他两项翻译汉语不通顺，故选B。 【2011•广西柳州】 Mr Wang will arrive in England in two days. A. put on B. turn off C. get to 答案C
【解析】考查动词词组的用法。王先生将在两天后到达英国。arrive in =get to.故选C。 【2011连云港】3.—What’s your plan for this weekend? —I’m going to ______ it with my grandparents.
A. cost B. spend C. give D. pay 答案：B
【解析】考查动词的辨析。cost值多少钱，物作主语；spend花费，度过，人作主语；give给某人某物；pay付款，人作主语。排除A。句意：跟我爷爷奶奶度过周末。故选B。
【2011雅安】7. Mrs. Green is ________ her purse, but she can’t __________ it. A. looking for; find B. looking at; find C. seeing; looking for D. finding; look for 答案：B
【解析】考查近义动词的辨析。句意为：“格林先生正在找钱包，但是他不能找到。”look for“寻找”，强调动作。find“找到”，强调结果。故选B。
【2011沈阳】4. You should take off your shoes before you ＿＿＿ the new flat. A. leave B. find C. choose D. enter 答案：D
【解析】词语辨析。leave“离开，留下”；find“找到，发现”；choose“选择”；enter“进入”，根据句意“在你进入新公寓之前，你要脱掉你的鞋子”，故答案为D。
【2011梧州】42. We shouldn’t ____ our hopes. Everything will be better. A. put up B. cheer up C. fix up D. give up 【答案】D
【解析】动词短语辨析 “我们不能放弃希望” put up举起来，张贴，悬挂； cheer up 使……振奋；fix up 修理；give up放弃
【2011福建莆田】29. —What a nice coat! I’ ll take it.
—But you'd better _________ first. I’ m afraid it may be small for you. A. try it on B. pay for it C. put it on 答案A
【解析】词义辨析。根据句意“多么漂亮的上衣啊！我买了”“但您最好试一试，它可能有点小”。故选择A。 【2011黑龙江绥化市】21. It's very hot here. Why not your coat? A. put on B. put off C. take off 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。Put on是“穿上”的意思；put off是“推迟”的意思；take off是“脱掉”的意思。根据情境：天气热，要脱掉上衣。
【2011江苏徐州】4. I was so tired this morning that I couldn’t _______ early as usual. A. get up B. get on C. get off D. give up 答案A
【解析】考查词语辨析。Get up“起床”；get on上（车、船等）；get off下（车、船等）；give up“放弃”。由前半部分句意“今天早晨我太疲劳了”可知起床不可能早。故选A。
【2011内蒙古包头】30.If we try our best, our dream will ________ one day. A. work out B. come true C. put up D. show off 30. 答案：B
【解析】本题考查短词组辨析。A项意为“解决；算出”；B项意为“实现；达到”；C项意为“举起；推举”；D项意为“炫耀；卖弄”。句意为“如果我们尽我们最大努力工作，我们梦想有一天会实现的”。根据句意可知，正确答案是B。
【2011哈尔滨】24. Li Na has won the championship in France Tennis Open. All the Asians her challenging sprint and excellent English.
A. are proud of B. take care of C. get along with 答案：A
【解析】考查动词短语辨析 李娜获得冠军，全亚洲人为此感到骄傲，用are proud of.
【2011呼和浩特】9. ----Three problems are too hard to . Will you give me some advice? ----There are many ways. The mostt important is to have a careful plan.
56 / 88
A. work out B. look out C. hand out D. break out 【答案】A
【解析】动词短语辨析work out算出，制定出；look out 当心，小心挑选出； hand out 分发，施舍；break out（战争、火灾等）爆发，（疾病的）突然发生
【2011呼和浩特】14. ---- Do you take exercise every day? ----Yes. I always thirty minutes after supper. A. spend B. cost C. take D. pay 【答案】A
【解析】动词辨析 spend 人做主语，spend+钱或时间+on something/in doing sth; cost物作主语，花钱； take一般用it takes sb. 一段时间 for sb. to do sth; pay 人做主语，一般用pay for 表示付钱。 【2011•四川广元】8. —How was your weekend, Jeff？ —I had great ＿＿＿ watching a football game. A. interest B. time C.Fun 答案：C
【解析】固定搭配。have great fun doing sth意为“做某事很高兴”，根据句意选C。
【2011•四川广元】9.Don’t bring food to the party. If you ＿＿＿,I ‘ll take it away. A. are B. do C. will 答案：B
【解析】助动词的用法。由题干可知，这是一个if引导的条件状语从句，从句要用一般现在时，依据句意do代替bring food to the party，故选B。
【2011•四川南充】23. Don't_______ the TV. My baby is sleeping now. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down 答案：A
【解析】考查短语动词辨析。Turn on打开；turn off关掉；turn down 调低。 句意：不要打开电视，我的宝宝正在睡觉。故选A。
【2011•四川南充】29. When I was young, my father used to________ me some interesting stories. A. say B. tell C. talk 答案：B
【解析】考查动词用法辨析。tell stories讲故事。
【2011湖北十堰】32. ---All the oil in the world will have __________ some day. ---Yeah. What shall we use for power at that time?
A. given away B. put away C. run out D. set out 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。give away泄露；put away收起；run out被用尽；set out起程。根据句意：将来的某些时候，世界上所有的石油都被用尽。那时我们用什么作能源？得出答案C。
【2011湖北十堰】28. ---I think you can ________ money by yourself to buy a birthday present for your mother.
---OK. I’ll try. I’ll not let a penny waste. A. spend B. save C. cost D. leave 答案：B
【解析】词义辨析。spend花费；save节约;cost价值；leave离开。根据句意：我认为你可以省着点钱给你妈妈买礼物。好的，我尽量。我不会浪费每一分钱。
【2011肇庆】28. ----- What is the name of the song you sang just now? It ______ beautiful. ----- It is You and me.
A. heard B. listened C. Sounded 答案：C
【解析】考查动词。Beautiful为形容词，应用系动词，故选 C。
【2011湖北黄石】33. Li Na, a word-famous tennis player from Wuhan, never _______her dream, She has just set a new record in the 2011French Open.
A. gave away B. gave up C. gave out D. gave in 答案： B
【解析】词义辨析。give away意为“捐赠”,give up意为“放弃”，give out意为“分发，发送”，give in意为“屈服”，根据句意可知此处应为“放弃”之意。 【2011湖北荆州】29. — —Yes. He never A. gives up B. gives out C. takes off 【答案】A
【解析】本题考查动词词组辨析。根据上句“他仍旧为慈善机构募捐吗？”及答案Yes可知答案选A，意为“放弃”；而gives out“分发”；takes off “脱下‘起飞”； 拿出”均不合句意，故排除。 【2011湖北荆州】27. —
57 / 88
—It
A. spent B. cost C. took D. 【答案】B
【解析】本题考查“花费”的用法。it指代This dress，是物，故答案选B。用法是：某物cost sb.+钱。“某物花费某人多少钱”。 【2011湖北荆州】25. — —But more and more Chinese can t A. expect B. afford C. choose 【答案】B
【解析】本题考查动词词义辨析。由but可知上下两句表转折关系；上句说车太贵，故答案选B，意为“但是越来越多的中国人都能买得起。”正好与上句构成转折关系。 【2011湖北荆州】23. — —
A. Hold B. Take C. Return 【答案】D
【解析】本题考查动词的词义辨析。how long“多久”，必须与延续性动词连用，故答案选D，意为“借”，延续性动词。
【2011上海】52. The lady _____ dancing as a hobby in her sixties, and she is really good at it now. A) dressed up B) looked up C) took up D) put up 答案：C
【解析】考查点：短语辨析。 解题思路：take up 表示“从事……”，此处意为“把跳舞当成一个爱好”，故选C；选项A意为“打扮”；选项B指“查阅；仰望”；put up意为“张贴” ，均不符合句意；
【较难题】take up意为“从事，开始”，短语took up dancing as a hobby意为“把跳舞当作一种爱好”。 【2011上海】53. I have no idea what life would be like without water. The underlined part means “_____ ”. A) don’t remember B) don’t know C) don’t believe D) don’t expect 答案：B
【解析】考查点：短语辨析。 解题思路：have no idea意为“不知道，不懂得”，相当于选项B；句意为“我不知道生命没有水将会是什么样子。”选项A、C、D均不符合题意；
【2011•无锡】—Will you please help me to repair the computer now? —Sorry. I’m too busy and I haven’t a minute to __________. A. spare B. share C. spend D. save 答案：A
【解析】根据Sorry可猜测答语意为“很抱歉，我太忙了，就连一分钟时间都腾不出来。，故答案选A，意为“分出；腾出”。
【2011湖南永州】28. The baby is sleeping. Please__ the radio. A. turn on B. turn down C. turn up 答案：B
【解析】根据语境，应该是“turn down”收音机关小点,“turn on” 是打开，“turn up”是发生，故选B。 【2011阜康】31. On October 15, 2003 China its second lunar orbiter Chang'e 2. A. set out B. set off C. sent up D. sent out 答案： C
【解析】动词短语意义的考查。set out意为“开始；着手；打算”；set off意为“出发；动身”；send up意为“发射；发出”；send out意为“发送；派遣”。故选C。
【2011四川绵阳】3. If you don’t work hard for most of the year and then work hard for only a few days before the exam, you will probably .
A. succeed B. finish C. fail D. pass 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。根据句意“如果你一年中大部分时间不努力学习并只在考试前努力，”可以推断“那么你将可能失败。”，故选C。
【泸州市2011】9. --- Your coat is so beautiful. It must be expensive. --- Not really. I only _____ ￥30 on it. A. cost B. spent C. paid D. took 答案：B
【解析】同义词辨析。考查spend...on 用法。
【2011•四川成都】45. —The T-shirt looks nice on you! How much does it ? —I just ten dollars for it.
A. take; afforded B. cost; paid C. cost; spent 答案：B
【解析】考查动词用法辨析。注意以下句型：“sb. spends money/time +on /in doing sth.”；“It /sth. costs
58 / 88
(sb.) + money”；“It takes sb. time to do sth.”;“sb. pays + money for sth.”； “afford to do sth.”(负担得起做某事)。根据本题句式选B。
【2011•盐城】10. Many volunteers food and water to the local people in Japan after the tsunami. A. gave out B. cut out C. put out D. found out 答案：A考查短语动词。 【解析】句意：日本的海啸发生后许多志愿者给当地人民提供了食物和水。gave out提供，分发；cut out切断;put out熄灭；found out查出。
【2011浙江湖州】 20. We should never ____till tomorrow what we can do today.
A. put on B. put off C. give up D. give away 答案：B
【解析】考查动词短语辨析。put on “穿上”；put off “推迟”；give up “放弃”；give away “捐赠”。由题意“我们不应该把今天能干的事情推迟到明天”可知选B。
【2011山东泰安】34. —Jack, could you help me when the plane will take off on the Internet? —I’m sorry, my computer doesn’t work.
A. get out B. look out C. take out D. find out 答案：D
【解析】词组辨析。get out 是“出去”的意思；look out是“当心，小心”的意思;take out是“取出”“拿出”的意思; find out是“查明”“找出” 的意思，根据句意选D。
【2011山东泰安】35. —The little girl ______ her seat to an old man on the bus. —What a kind girl!
A. brought B. offered C. gave D. lent 答案：B
【解析】情景题目。brought是“带来”的意思；offered是“提供” 的意思；gave 是“把某物给某人”；lent是借给某人。根据句意“小女孩把她的座位给了老人”。
【2011·福州中考】— I often listen to the song Rainbow.
— So do I. It _______ beautiful. A. feels B. smells C. sounds 答案：C
【解析】考查系动词的用法。feel“感到……”；smell“闻起来……”；sound“听起来”。由句意：－我经常听《彩虹》这首歌曲。－我也是，它听起来优美。故选C。
【2011·福州中考】— I _____ 5,ooo yuan on this iPhone. — Wow, so much! I can’t afford it.
A. spent B. paid C. cost 答案：A
【解析】考查spend, pay和cost的用法。人+ spend…on sth./doing sth. “某人在(做)某事上花费……”；人+ pay for “为……付钱”；物 + cost… “某物值…”句意：— 我在这个电话上花费5000元。— 哇，这么多啊！我买不起它。故选A。 【解析】考查词语辨析。人+ spend…on sth./doing sth. “某人在(做)某事上花费……”；人+ pay for “为……付钱”；物+ cost… “某物值…”句意：— 我在这个电话上花费5000元。— 哇，这么多啊！我买不起它。故选A。
【2011·福州中考】— We all like Miss Wang.
— I agree with you. She always makes her English classes ______.
A. interested B. interest C. interesting 答案：C
【解析】考查make + sb. + adj.的用法。句意：— 我们都喜欢王老师。— 我同意你的意见。她总是使她的英语课堂有趣。Interested修饰人而interesting则修饰物。故选C。 【2011天津】37. If it is dark,_____ the lights, please.
A. pick up B. look at C. turn on D. play with 答案：C
【解析】 词语辨析。 Pick up，捡起、拾起，look at，看……, turn on，打开， play with，与……一起玩。根据句意选C。
【2011广西南宁市】30.—What a big storm last night!
—Yes. I was doing my homework. Suddenly, all the lights in my house _______. A. went off B. turned off C. took off D. got off 30. 答案：B
【解析】动词短语辨析。go off意为“离开”，turn off 意为“关闭”，take off 意为“脱下，起飞，收敛”， get off 意为“下车”。根据句意“我在做作业，突然在我家里的等都灭了”， 可知选B。
【2011贵州贵阳】34. \"Marcia, could you please_________my dog when I'm on vacation?\" \"Yes, sure. \" A. look after B. look at C. look for 答案：A
59 / 88
【解析】 根据句意：Marcia，当我度假的时候，你能帮我照看一下我的狗吗？是的，可以。look after照顾；look at看；look for寻找。故选A。
【2011贵州贵阳】45. My best friend Alex failed in the math competition. I'd like to_________. A. dress him up B. pick him up C. cheer him up 答案：C
【解析】 根据句意：我最好的朋友Alex在数学竞赛中失败了，我想是他振作起来。dress up打扮；pick up捡起；cheer up使……振作。故选C。
【2011湖南湘西】33. You are ill. You had better _______ the doctor right now. A. look at B. see C. watch 答案：B
【解析】考查动词辨析 表示看医生用“see the doctor”. look at是单独的“看”，watch是“观看”。 【2011湖南湘西】35. I _______ like some noodles.
A. does B. had C. would 答案：C
【解析】考查固定句式 would like sth “想要吃、喝或买某东西”。 【2011湖南益阳】25. The idea to go to West Hill wonderful. A. looks B. tastes C. sounds 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。句意是“去西山的主意听起来很棒”。故应该是C。look意为“看起来”，taste意为“尝起来”，不符合题意。
【2011广西贵港】32. I bought a new sweater last weekend. It ________ me 120 yuan. A. paid B. take C. cost D. spent 答案：C 【解析】考查点：同义词的辨析。解题思路：四个选项都表示“花费”，pay做主语的是人，其后一般用介词for，take 用于句型it takes sb some time/money to do sth, cost表示“花费”做主语的是物，spend做主语的是人。根据句意It指代的是a new sweater。故选C。
【2011广西贵港】38.—Your bedroom is so dirty. Would you please ________,Peter? —OK, mum. I’ll do it right away.
A. set it up B. put it on C. pick it up D. clean it up 答案：D
【解析】考查点：动词词组辨析。解题思路：set up“建立”， put on“穿上”,pick up “捡起”,clean up “清理，打扫”。根据句意：你的卧室很脏，你可以去打扫吗？故选D。
【2011广西贵港】39. The girl ____ the woman. Maybe she is her daughter.
A. take care B. takes after C. takes off D. look after 答案：B 【解析】考查点：动词词组辨析。解题思路：take care“小心”，take after “与……像”,take off “起飞”,look after “照顾，照看”。根据句意：也许她是她的女儿。可知上文句意：她与那个老妇人像。故选B。 【2011广西贺州】44. We must______ using plastic bags in order to protect our earth.. A. give out B. give up C. give away D. give in 答案：B
【解析】考查点：考察动词词组辨析。解题思路：give out “分发”，give up“放弃”，give away “分发”；give in “屈服”。根据句意：我们必须放弃使用塑料袋来保护我们的地球。故选B。
【2011郴州】34. She likes reading. She usually________ some books from the library. A. buys B. lends C. borrows 答案：C
【解析】考查动词的用法。borrow… from… 意为“从……借……”。
【2011河源】30.He _______ all his money _______ to charity after he died.
A.gave…up B.gave…in C.gave…away D.gave…out 答案：C
【2011遵义】22.Sometimes I take a No. 31 bus to work. A.by B.catch C.get 答案：B
【2011遵义】31.It will ________ much time if we drive instead of walking. A.take B.spend C.save 答案：C
【2011泰州】10. When Daniel is in a bad mood he likes wearing orange to _______. A. wake himself up B. cheer himself up C. give himself up D. pick himself up 答案： B
【2011山东菏泽】25. Mary is tired of learning because she is_____ to do better than she can, both at
60 / 88
school and at home.
A. thought B. expected C. hoped D. helped 答案B
【解析】考查动词辨析。句意：玛丽疲于学习，因为她在家里和学校被期待着做的更好。因为hope sb. to do sth.不正确，也无此类被动语态。故选B。
【2011山东菏泽】30. Last year was a hard time to my friend Jim, but he didn’t_____ hope.
A. pick up B. use up C. put up D. give up 答案：D
【解析】词语辨析。pick up捡起，（用车）接某人；use up用完；put up张贴，举起;giveup放弃。句意：对我的朋友吉姆来说，去年是个困难时期，但是他没有放弃希望。故选D。
【2011浙江舟山】21. Smoking is not allowed in public places since May 1st. It may be a good chance
for some people to ______ smoking.
A. put up B. give up C. pick up D. look up 答案：B
【解析】词组辨析。本句句意：也许这是人们放弃吸烟的好机会。put up意为“搭起”，give up意为“放弃”，pick up意为“捡起”，look up意为“查询”，只有give up符合句意。
【2011山东德州】24. Humans are cutting down the forests to ________ the land for other uses. A. clear B. destroy C. cover D. protect 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析。clear “清晰的，清楚的”； destroy “破坏”； cover “覆盖”； protect “保护”；又根据句意“人类为其他的用途而砍伐树木，破坏了土壤。故答案为A。
【2011山东德州】28. When you have difficulty, do remember to _________. Two heads are better than one. A. make a decision B. give up C. ask for help D. give advice 答案：C
【解析】词语辨析。make a decision “做决定”；give up “放弃”；ask for help “寻求帮助”；give advice “给出建议”；又根据后句题意 “两人智慧胜一人.”及前句句意“当我们有困难时”可推测，要寻求帮助，故答案为C。
【2011四川内江】32. Every year driving after drinking wine _____ a lot of traffic accidents. A. happens B. provides C. causes 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。happen发生，前面是发生的事情；provide提供；cause引起，前面是原因，后面是结果。根据句意, 每年酒后驾车引起大量交通事故。选C。
【2011四川内江】33. — Which scarf do you prefer? —The red one. It _____ more comfortable. A. tastes B. feels C. gets 答案：B
【解析】词义辨析。taste 品尝；feel 感觉；get变得。根据句意，你比较喜欢哪一条围巾？红色的。它感到更舒服。选B。
【2011四川内江】36. Remember to_____ your mobile phone when the plane takes off. A. turn on B. turn down C. turn off 答案：C
【解析】词组辨析。turn on打开(家电、收音机、水龙头等); turn down调低(音量)；turn off关掉(家电、收音机、水龙头等)。 根据句意，记得当飞机起飞时关掉你的手机。故选C。
【2011江苏淮安】4. Don’t _________ the bus until it has stopped. Safety is first. A. get along B. get go C. get off D. get up 答案：C
【解析】动词短语辨析。get along 进展，和睦相处 get off下车get up 起床。语境：要直到车停下来才下车，安全第一。故选C。
【2011江苏宿迁】5. Han Han is a popular writer. His new book will ______ this September. A. come up B. come in C. come out D. come on 【答案】C
【解析】本题考查词组辨析。come up意为“开始；发生”；come in意为“进来”；come out 意为“出版”；come on 意为“快点”。句意“韩寒是位受欢迎的作家。他的新书将在九月_____”。此空应为“出版”，故选C。 【2011•山东青岛】35. Some parents might worry that their children's hobbies can _______ schoolwork. A. get the way of B. get on the way of C. get on well with D. get in the way of 答案：D 【解析】动词短语辩析。句意为“一些家长或许会担心他们孩子的爱好会妨碍孩子们的学业。”短语get in the way of意为“妨碍，阻止”，故选D；选项C是“和……相处融洽”。
【2011•山东青岛】31. Tom__________ his father, because they both are cheerful and easygoing.
61 / 88
A. looks like B. takes after C. doesn't take after D. isn't like 答案：B
【解析】固定短语辩析。take after和look after 都含有“像……一样”之意，但是look like主要是指表面像，而take after指性格、气质等方面像。又题意可以看出该题正确答案应选B。 【2011•山东青岛】29. — How is your English study? Not bad. But I_______ learning English grammar.
A. am interested in B. am good at C. have a little trouble D. have no trouble 答案：C 【解析】考查固定短语的用法。have trouble doing sth.意为“做某事遇到了困难”；答语说“还不错。但是……”，由这个转折词可以看出说话人在语法学习上遇到了一定的麻烦，故答案选C。
【2011山西】27. The tour guide has made the route for the school trip. We don’t need to ____ that. A. be worried about B. be afraid of C. be sorry for 答案：A
【解析】固定短语的考查。Be worried about 意为“担心，忧虑”，be afraid of 意为“害怕”，be sorry for 意为“抱歉”。 根据句意“导游已经制定了旅游路线。我们不需要担心”，可知选A。
【2011山西】25. How I wish I could sleep longer! However, I had to get up as soon as the alarm clock ______.
A. ran off B. went off C. took off 答案：B
【解析】动词短语的辨析。Run off go off 意为“take off意为“脱下，起飞”。
【2011山西】18. --- I need a costume for tomorrow’s performance, but it’s too expensive. --- Why not _____ one?
A. buy B. rent C. lend 答案：B
【解析】动词辨析。Buy意为“买”，rent意为“租用”，lend意为“借”。根据上文“我需要一套明天表演的衣服，但是它太贵了。”可知下文为“为什么不租一个吗？”因此选B。
【2011•山东青岛】28. My car alarm is always______ whenever my neighbor's cat goes under my car. A. going off B. going out C. breaking down D. setting off 答案：A 【解析】考查动词词组的辨析。根据句意“当邻居家的猫无论何时跑到我车底下。”可猜测汽车报警器都会“响”，故答案选A，意为“发出响声”。
【2011•山东青岛】25. — Look! There is a horse racing program on TV now. — Hmm .... It __exciting.
A. seems B. looks like C. feels D. seems like 答案：A
【解析】考查连系动词的用法。由exciting“令人兴奋的”可知谓语动词必须为连系动词，而a horse racing program“赛马节目”是要“看起来”才合适的，故答案选A，意为“看起来”。 【2011本溪】6.—What do you think of the 3G mobile phone? —I really like it, but I can’t ______ it.
A. stand B. afford C. spend D. refuse 答案：B
【2011•宁夏】35. When the shy girl was asked to answer the question, her face ____ red. A. seemed B. looked C. turned D. appeared 答案：C
【2011•宁夏】38. The two pictures look the same to me. It's hard to one from the other. A. speak B. say C. talk D. tell 答案：D
【2011本溪】13.—Look at the sign “No Smoking”. —Sorry, I’ll ______ my cigarette(香烟) at once.
A. put up B. put out C. put on D. put off 答案：B
【2011•宁夏】39. We had ____ the sports meet because of the heavy rain. A. put away B. put up C. put off, put on 答案：C
【2011凉山】—I don’t know the new word.
—It doesn’t matter, you can ________ in the dictionary.
A. look up it B. look it up C. look for it 答案：B 【解析】：考查动词短语的辨析。look for的意思是“寻找”；look up的意思是“查字典”，跟代词时应该放在look与up的中间，句意“你可以在字典中查一下它”，因此，答案为B项。
62 / 88
【2011山东枣庄】17. When I got to school, Amy ______his homework.
A. had invented B. had finished C. had developed D. had rushed 答案：B
【解析】B invent发明，finish完成， develop发展rush冲，根据句意：当我到校的时候埃米已经完成了作业。故选B.
【2011山东滨州】29. –Shall we go and ________ hello to the foreign teachers? –Good idea! Let’s go.
A. say B. speak C. talk D. shout 答案：A
【解析】考查短语用法。say hello to sb. 是固定搭配，意为“向某人问好/打招呼”。 【2011山东滨州】32.—The sweater is very nice. I’ll take it.
—But you’d better ________ first. I think it is a little large for you.
A. pay for it B. put it on C. put it off D. try it on 答案：D
【解析】考查短语的用法。这四个短语都是动副短语。 pay for“付款”；put on“穿上”；put off“推迟”；try on“试穿”。由答语“你最好先试穿一下”可知应选D。 【2011四川乐山】22. –Do you like your new T-shirt? –Yes. It _______ very soft.
A. feels B. sounds C. smells 答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。句意“你喜欢你的T恤衫吗？”“是的，它摸起来很柔软”。柔软的感觉是通过摸的动作实现的。
【2011四川乐山】29. He _______to save his pocket money for later use, but he spent it on a toy soon.
A. refused B. persuaded C. promised 答案：C
【解析】动词辨析。根据句意“他承诺节省零花钱为今后使用，但是不久他就买了玩具”。refused表示拒绝干某事，persuaded表示劝说某人干某事。故选C。
【2011浙江台州】20. －Let’s some dumplings right now. －OK. I’ll cut up the meat first. A. eat B. buy C. heat D. make 答案：D
【解析】词义辨析。 eat“吃”；buy “买”； heat “加热”； make “制作，加工”。根据答语“好的，我先切肉”可推测是想做一些饺子，因此用make。故选D。
【2011山东潍坊】19. With the help of the Internet, information can ______ every comer of the world quickly.
A. go B. land C. reach D. arrive 答案：C
【解析】考查动词辨析。go意为“去”；land意为“着陆”；reach意为“到达”，作及物动词，后面直接加地点状语；arrive意为“到达”，作不及物动词。句意为“在因特网的帮助下，信息能够很快的到达世界的每一个角落。”故选C。
【2011浙江宁波】23. When you don’t know a word, you can _________ in the dictionary. A. look it up B. set it up C. give it up D. pick it up 答案：A
【解析】词组辨析。look up查阅(书本)；set up建立；give up放弃；pick up捡起。它们都是动副词组，代词放在中间。根据句意，当你不认识一个字的时候，你可以查阅字典。故选A。
【2011浙江宁波】34. — Have you seen the funny movie Let the Bullet（子弹）Fly? — Yes, it made me _________ many times.
A. laugh B. cry C. sleep D. sing 答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。laugh笑；cry哭；sleep睡觉；sing唱。根据句意，你看过这部有趣的电影《让子弹飞》吗？是的，它使我笑了许多次。得出答案A。
【2011山东聊城】28. I’m not sure whether I can hold a party in the open air, because it ______ the weather.
A. stands for B. depends on C. lives on D. agrees with 答案：B
【解析】词义辨析。A项意思是“代表，象征……”；C项意思是“靠……生活”；D项意思是“同意……”。根据句意：是否举行宴会不确定，得取决于天气状况。B项意思是“取决于……”。 【2011邵阳】26. —Could I borrow your computer. Bob? —Sorry, I am ______ it.
A. taking out B. turning on C. working on
63 / 88
答案：C
【解析】考查动词词组的词义。take out“拿出”；turn on“打开”；C. work on“忙于；使用”。句意为：鲍勃，我能用一下你的电脑吗？对不起，我正在使用。故选C。 【2011广安市】27. －David, can you _______ yourself? －Of course, I can.
A. dress B. put on C. wear 答案：A
【解析】动词辨析。 dress sb。给某人穿衣服；put on是穿上……衣服；wear是穿着衣服，表状态。根据句意：戴维，你能自己穿衣服吗？故选A。
【2011浙江金华】24. — How long may I your bike? — For a week. But you mustn't it to others.
A. borrow, lend B. keep, lend C. lend, borrow D. keep, borrow 答案：B 【解析】考查词语辨析。borrow意为“借入”；lend意为“借出”， lend sth. To sb.意为“把某物借给某人”；“借多长时间”用keep，为延续性动词。how long和延续性动词连用，故第一空为keep；由答语句意“但是你不能把它借给别人”可知，第二空为lend。故选B。
【2011山东济宁】22. Most British high school children ______ uniforms at school. A. wear B. dress C. put on D. dress up 答案：A
【解析】词汇辨析。Wear“穿着”；put on “穿上”；dress“给……穿衣”；dress up“装扮，打扮”，由句意“大多数英国中学生在学校穿校服”可知，用wear。故选A。
【2011•兰州】28. Mary is used to a T-shirt and jeans. A. wear B. put on C. wearing D. putting on 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。句意“玛丽习惯于穿T恤衫和牛仔裤”，be used to doing sth.习惯于做某事，因此排除选项A、B，wear强调状态，put on强调动作，由句意知“此处表示状态”，因此选C。 【2011•兰州】35. “Don't to strangers on your way to and from school”, mother often to me.
A. speak; says B. speak; tells C. talk; speaks D. talk; tells 答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。句意：“在你上学或放学的途中，不要对陌生人讲话”，妈妈常常对我说。speak to sb.对某人讲，say侧重于讲话的内容，因此A。
【2011浙江丽水】20．_________，you guys ! You don’t want to miss the train, do you?
A．Look up B．Give．up C．Hurry up D．Grow up 答案：C
【解析】动词词组辨析。Look up是查询，give up指放弃，hurry up 指放弃，grow up指长大，从后面的句子“你们不想错过火车”。说明要让他们快点。
【2011浙江丽水】22．If you_________ the unnecessary lights, you’ll save some energy.
A．get off B．put off C．take off D．turn off 答案：D
【解析】词组辨析。关灯或其他电器之类的东西应该用turn off.
【2011浙江丽水】29．Personally I don’t quite agree that people_________ dangerous animals as pets.
A. depend B．afford C．keep D．follow 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。Keep sth. as a pet意为“饲养……作为宠物”。
【2011湖北黄冈】29. —Li Na won the tennis championship in the French Open on June 4, 2011. —We take pride in her. She is the first Asian professional tennis player to win it. A. are interested in B. are terrified of C. are proud of D. are used to 答案：C
【解析】考查短语辨析。take pride in的同义短语为be proud of，意为“以……而感到自豪/骄傲”。 【2011湖北黄冈】36. —What are you doing, Uncle Wang?
—I am sorting out old books and I’ll ______ to kids in West China.
A. give them up B. give them away C. give them off D. give them in 答案：B
【解析】词组辨析。根据句意“我要把书赠送给中国西部的孩子们”，give away 为“赠送；分发”之意。故选B。
【2011贵州安顺】26. —Dinner is ready. Help yourself!
—Wow! It ______ delicious. Could you please tell me how to cook it?
A. tastes B. looks C. sounds D. Feels
/ 88
答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。根据句意“你能告诉我怎样做的吗？”说明它应该闻起来非常美味。 【2011襄阳】30.----What kind of volunteer work would you like to do? ---- I’d like to sick kids in hospital.
A. find out B. look up C. cheer up D. hand out 【答案】C
【解析】动词短语辨析find out 找出，查明；look up 向上看，查阅； cheer up 使……振奋（高兴起来）； hand out分发。句意为“我想让生病住院的孩子们高兴起来。”
【2011襄阳】28. ----How is the life in Wenchuan earthquake areas now? ---People are living a much better life than we . A. expected B. supported C. discovered D. noticed 【答案】A 【解析】动词辨析 句意为“现在在汶川震区人们的生活怎么样？”“人们的生活比我们预计的要好”。 expected 预计，期望； supported 支持； discovered 发现； noticed注意。 【2011广东】26. —I hear you run for half an hour every day.
—Right, we have to. It is one of the ______ in our school.
A. rules B. plans C. hobbies D. choices 答案：A
【解析】本题考查词义辨析。A项意为“规定”；B项意“计划”；C项意为“习惯”；D项意为“机会”。由句意“我听说你们每天跑步半个小时”“对，我们必须的。它是我们学校的____之一”。由上句we have to. have to却表示由于某种客观原因而不得不做某事。可知此空应填“规定”。故选A。 【2011广东】34. This silk dress ______ so smooth. It’s made in China.
A. feels B. smells C. sounds D. tastes 答案： A 【解析】本题考查词辨析。feel意为“摸起来”；smell意为“闻起来”；sound意为“听起来”；taste意为“闻起来”。句意“这丝制裙_____很光滑。它产于中国”。根据语境可知此空应为“摸起来”，故选A。 【2011广东】42. Smoking is bad for your health. You’d better _______.
A. set it up B. give it up C. pick it up D. look it up 答案：B
【解析】本题考查词组辨析。set up意为“建立”；give up意为“放弃，交出”；pick up意为“捡起，拾起”；look up意为“查询”。句意为“吸烟不益于健康，你最好戒掉”。四个选项中只有give up具有 “戒掉;放弃”之意，故选B。
【2011四川德阳】20. – Oh, I left my dictionary at home. Can you _____ me yours? A. lend B. borrow C. keep 答案： A
【解析】本题考查词义辨析。lend表示”借给别人”; borrow表示”从别人那里借来”; keep 是借的延续性动词和表示一段时间的时间状语连用, 多用于完成时.句意“我把字典留在家里，你能把你的字典借给我吗？”。“借给别人”用lend. 排除B、C。正确答案是：A。
【2011上海】51. Though I _____ the phone number many times, the foreigner still couldn’t write down. A) repeated B) refused C) researched D) recognized 答案：A
【解析】考查点：动词的用法辨析。 解题思路：句意为“虽然我把电话号码叙述了多次，但是这个外国人还是记不下来。”故由句意可知答案选A；B是“拒绝”，C是“研究”，D为“辨认”；
【2011•盐城】5. Sandy feels unhappy because nobody seems to her progress. A. notice B. look C. watch D. read
答案：A考查动词在特定语境中的用法。句意：Sandy 感到不高兴因为好像没人注意到她的进步。
【2011·苏州】 If you don’t wok ________ enough, I don’t think your dream will come _______.
A. hardly; truly B. hardly; true C. hard; true D. hard; truly 答案：C
【解析】考查短语。work hard 意为“努力”，先排除AB；come true意为“实现”。故选C。
【江西省2011】28.1 hated my new school at first, but I made lots of friends and now I_______ it.
A. get B. take C. fit D. love 【答案】D
【解析】词义理解 句意为 “一开始，我不喜欢我的新学校，但是我交了好多现在我喜欢”。
【2011•扬州】If anybody calls, tell them I’m out and ask them to ______ their name and addresses.
A. pass B. write C. take D. leave 答案：D 【解析】词义辨析。Pass 意思是“递过去”；write意思是“写下”；take意思是“带走”； leave意思是“留下”。根据句意：告诉他们留下他们的姓名和地址。
65 / 88
【2011•扬州】—I won’t go to the concert this evening. I ______ watch the NBA on TV. It’s more exciting.
A. had better B. would rather C. ought to D. have to 答案：B
【解析】词义辨析。Had better意思是“最好”；would rather意思是“更喜欢，更愿意”；ought to意思是“应该”； have to意思是“必须”；根据情境：我今晚更愿意看NBA,音乐会就不去了。
【2011安徽】39. I can hardly hear what it is saying on TV. Would you please ？ A. turn it up B. turn it down C. turn it on D. turn it off 答案：A
【解析】选A. turn up“调大”； turn down“调小”； turn on “打开”；turn off“关闭”。由前句“我几乎听不见电视在说什么”可知，应该是A项。
【2011安徽】41. We can't do listening practice today, for Miss Zhao's tape-recorder doesn't
A. act B. do C. serve D. work 答案：D
【解析】选D. 考查动词词意。句意：我们今天不能做听力练习了，因为张老师的听力磁带出问题了。表示机器等出故障，要用work。故选D。
【2011湖北·武汉】 37. - I like reading. - Great! It can _____ your mind.
A. read B. lose C. feed D. feel 答案： C
【解析】 考查了动词的用法。it指reading，这里指读书能补充人的思想。feed是“补允，喂”的意思。 【2011安徽芜湖】34. Don’t be afraid of new words. You can ______ in the dictionary. A. look at them B. look for them C. look them up D. look them over 答案：C
【解析】词组辨析。look at 意为“看”；look for意为“寻找”；look up意为“在…（工具书）中查找”；look over意为“检查，察看”。根据句意：不要担心生词，你可以在字典中查找它们。故C为正确答案。 【2011·苏州】 I _______ keep dogs for protection, but now I keep them as pets. A. would rather B. had better C. used to D. have to 答案：C
【解析】考查短语辨析。 would rather意为“宁愿”；had better意为“最好”； used to意为“过去常常”； have to意为“必须”；根据后句句意：但是现在我把它们当宠物养，可知过去常常是养狗保护。故选C。 【2011·苏州】Now more and more people are _______ the danger of drinking and driving.
A. tired of B. aware of C. fond of D. proud of 答案：B
【解析】考查短语辨析。be tired of意为“对……疲倦”；be aware of意为“意识到”； be fond o f意为“对……特别喜爱”；be proud of意为“为……感到自豪”。根据句意可知应为“意识到”。故选B。 【2011·苏州】 —We must act now because time is ______. —Yes. Let’s start.
A. coming out B. giving out C. cutting out D. running out 答案：D
【解析】考查短语辨析。come out意为“出版、出来”；give out意为“用尽”；cut out意为“切断”； run out意为“用完”。根据句意可知应用D。
【2011连云港】10.—Do you have Nokia E72 mobiles?
—Sorry, they have been ______.You may come next week.
A. given out B. looked out C. sold out D. come out 答案：C
【解析】考查动词词组。句意：他们已经被卖完。give out意为“分发；用完；消耗尽”； look out为“小心，注意”；sell out为“卖完，用光”；come out为“出版”。
【2011连云港】7.—How long do you think the terrible weather will ______? —Why not listen to the weather report?
A. appear B. last C. change D. discover 答案：B
【解析】考查动词的辨析能力。句意：你认为坏天气将会持续多久？
【2011陕西】28. My uncle called and asked me if I had the birthday gilt from him. A. invented B. raised C. received D. ordered C 【解析】考查点：本题考查动词的词义。 invented “发明”；raised “提高”；received “收到”；ordered “订购”。句意为“我的叔叔打电话询问是否我收到了他的生日蛋糕”。故选C。
【2011陕西】30. Anyone who sings well can the activity in our school. [A] A. take part in B. take off C. take out D. take care of
A 【解析】考查点：本题考查动词词组词义的辨析。 take part in“参加”；take off“起飞”；take out“取
66 / 88
出；拿出”；take care of“照顾；照看”。句意为“任何唱歌好的人都可以参加我们学校的活动”。故选A。 【2011清远】30. I want to watch the basketball match. Would you please ______ the TV? A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down D. turn up 答案：A
【解析】考查动词词组辨析。句意，我想看球赛，请打开电视。打开为turn on
【2011广西百色】 24.It’s raining heavily outside. Why don’t you _______ your raincoat? A. put on B. to put on C. take off D. to take off 答案： A
【解析】本题考查短语辨析，put on“穿上”，take off“脱下”，“Why don’t you+动词原形？”意思是“你为什么不……？”，用来表示提建议，根据句子的意思，故选A。
【2011湖南益阳】27. —What are you doing? —I'm the key to the door. A. finding out B. looking after C. looking for 答案：C
【解析】词义辨析题。Find out意为“找到”；look after意为“照顾”；look for意为“寻找”，根据句意可知“我在寻找门上的钥匙”。 【2011湖南岳阳中考】27.-The girl all her pocket money to the people in the Southwest for the serious drought(旱灾).
-What a good girl.
A. took away B. gave up C. gave away
【解析】：本题考查动词词组的词义辨析。由What a good girl!“多好的一个女孩啊！”可知女孩是把所有的钱都“捐或赠”出去了，故答案选C，意为“赠送”。
【2011雅安】4. Some of my classmates _________ after school every day.
A. walks home B. walk home C. walk to home D. goes home 答案：B
【解析】考查动词的形式以及home的用法。句中有every day为一般现在时态；主语为some of my classmates，动词应用原形；home为副词，前边不加to。故选B。
【2011雅安】16. Her sister ____ a taxi driver. Now she works for a charity.
A. is B. were used to being C. is used to being D. used to be 答案：D
【解析】考查近义词组的辨析。be used to do“被用于”；be used to do ing“习惯于”；used to do“过去…”。句意为“他的妹妹过去是一个出租车司机，现在她为慈善组织工作”。故选D。 【2011大庆】8. These cabbages ______ well because they _____nice.
A. look, sell B. sell, are looked C. sell, look D. are sold, look 答案：C
【2011大庆】15. Please check your paper to_____ there are no mistakes. A. think of B. try out C. find out D. make sure 答案：D
【2011·福州中考】— We all like Miss Wang.
— I agree with you. She always makes her English classes ______.
A. interested B. interest C. interesting 答案：C
【解析】考查make + sb. + adj.的用法。句意：— 我们都喜欢王老师。— 我同意你的意见。她总是使她的英语课堂有趣。Interested修饰人而interesting则修饰物。故选C。
【2011浙江杭州】28. I have to well prepare for the math test tomorrow because it ______ 30% of the final exam.
A. sets up B. puts up C. uses up D. makes up 答案：D
【解析】词义辨析。set up 意为“建立；搭建”；put up 意为“张贴；举起”；use up意为“用完”； 而make up意为“组成”。由句意“我不得不为明天的数学测试做好准备，因为它占期末考试的30%。”可推断选D。 【2011•河南省】27. —Mom, can I leave my homework for tomorrow? —I'm afraid not. Don't____ what you can do today till tomorrow.
A. put on B. put down C. put up D. put off
答案：D。考查短语动词词义辨析。put on穿上; put down放下 put up举起 put off推迟。从I'm afraid not.知mom不同意“我”把作业留到明天做。故选D。句意：我恐怕不可以，你不要把今天的东西推迟到明天做。 【2011黑龙江绥化市】8. —Which dress do you prefer? —The red one. It______more comfortable.
A. feels B. smells C, sounds 答案：A
【解析】感官动词的用法。句意“它摸起来更舒服” 柔软的感觉是通过摸的动作实现的。 【2011四川宜宾】24. I _________ $300 for the bike.
67 / 88
A. took B. spent C. cost D. paid 答案：D
【解析】D 考查动词辨析。paid…for为固定用法 根据句意：我花$300买那辆自行车。故选D。
【2011四川资阳】24. Hurry up, Mike. You must get to the airport an hour before the plane _______. A. gets off B. turns off C. takes off D. puts off 答案： C
【解析】 考查动词词组的词义。gets off “下车”；turns off“关闭”；takes off “起飞”；puts off“推迟”。句意为“快点，麦克。 你必须在飞机起飞一个小时之前到达机场”。故选C。 【2011四川资阳】29.—Time is money.
—But I think time is _________ money.
A. as important as B. more important as C. the most important in D. more important than 答案：D
【解析】考查了动词短语的词义的辨析。B、C形式不正确，首先排除。句意为“时间就是金钱。”“但是我认为，时间比金钱更重要”。根据句意，可知使用形容词的比较级，故选D。
【2011安徽】46. The food here smells good, but what does it like? A. taste B. touch C. seem D. feel 答案：A
【解析】选A。句意：这种食物闻起来很好，但是（尝）起来怎么样呢？ Taste“尝起来”； touch “触摸”; seem “好像”；feel like “想要”。结合句意选A。 【2011•铜仁】23.— How long can I ________ the book? —For two weeks.
A. keep B. borrow C. lend D. buy
答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。How long“多长时间”，通常和延续性动词连用。而borrow, lend, buy为短暂性动词，keep是延续性动词，意为“这本书我能借多长时间啊？―两个星期”故选A。 【2011•铜仁】34．Bamboo can ___________ paper.
A. used to make B. be used make C. be used to make D. be used to making
答案：C
【解析】词义辨析。used to do sth意思是“过去常常做某事”； be used to do sth 意思是“被用来做某事”；be used to doing sth意思是“习惯做某事”。由句意可知“竹子被用来制作成纸”，故选C。 【2011湖北黄冈】27. —Talking loudly in a library is impolite.
—In fact, we should also take care not to cough or sneeze loudly in public. A. look after B. be careful C. take care of D. look up 答案：B
【解析】考查短语辨析。take care “注意，当心”之意，同意短语 be careful。
【2011湖北黄冈】28. —Mei will represent our class in the English Speech Contest.
—She is clever and can speak English really well. She will not make us disappointed. A. knock into us B. care about us C. let us down D. help us out 答案：C
【解析】考查短语辨析。let sb down 是让某人失望的意思和划线部分短语意思相同。故选C。 【2011湖北·武汉】 39. - What are you going to do for the School Day？ - We’ll _____ a new play.
A. put out B. put off C. put into D. put on 答案： D
【解析】 考查了动词短语的用法。由句意可知，在学校日是将上演一个新的戏剧。put out熄灭；put off推迟；put into放进；put on 上演。
【2011湖北·武汉】 38. - Chinese tennis player Li Na won a championship again! - Yeah, I watched the game and my spirits _____ at the news. A. rose B. calmed C. turned D. shook 答案： A
【解析】 考查了动词的用法。 句意：—中国网球选手李娜又夺得总冠军了！—是的，我观看了比赛，对这个新闻，我情绪高涨。由句意可知，这个激动人心的消息，不会令人平静，只能令人情绪上涨(rise)。 【2011桂林】36. Grandma is ill. I have to ________ her at home.
A. look for B. look up C. look at D. look after 36. 答案：D
【解析】动词短语辩析。look for意为“寻找”，look up意为“查阅”，look at意为“看”，look after意为“照顾”。根据句意“奶奶病了，我不得不在家照顾她”。可知选D。
【河北省2011】31. We'd better wait more minutes. I think Jeff will come soon, A. a few B. few C. a little D. little
68 / 88
【答案】A
【解析】考查词语辨析，minutes是可数复数名词，排除C和D，由“Jeff will come soon”可知：前句用肯定形式。“我们最好多等几分钟”，用a few more minutes表示。
【河北省2011】35. Would you please my baby brother while I'm cooking? A. take out of B. take care of C. take part in D. take away from 【答案】B
【解析】考查词语辨析，由题意“我做饭的时候请你照顾好我的孩子好吗”可知：用take care of照顾；照看。take out of 带出去；take part in 参加；take away from从带走，均不符合题意。 【河北省2011】37. This sentence right. Please write it down. A. feels B. sounds C. tastes D. smells 【答案】B 【解析】考查词语辨析，feels感觉；sounds听起来；tastes尝起来；smells闻起来。“这个句子听起来正确”，故选B。
【2011天津】34. I _____ some of my free time playing basketball for my school team. A. spend B. cost C. take D. pay 答案：A
【解析】词义辨析。这四个选项词都有“花费”的意思，其中只有spend可用于spend time (in)doing sth.题干后有showing,所以选择A.
【2011山东临沂】33. Around the world, more and more people are _________ dangerous sports activities,
because life in modern societies has become safe and boring.
A. taking out B. taking off C. taking part in D. taking care of 答案：C
【解析】短语意义辨析。“参加某项活动”用词组take part in 表达。其它短语意义与句意不符。
【2011·南京】9. –It’s said that aliens tried to warn the astronauts on the moon to ______ . – Maybe they didn’t like human beings to get close to them.
A. stay up B. stay out C. stay away D. stay behind 9. 答案:C
【解析】:考查固定词组。理解句意，外星人尽力警告月球上的宇航员远离它们，stay away意为：远离。 【2011山东威海】28.Mary heard somebody call her, so she turned _______to see who it was.. A. off B. out C. up D. around 答案：D
【解析】词义辨析。turn off意为“关掉；关上”， turn out “生产”， turn up 为“把（声音）调大一点”， turn around 指“转身”。由句意“玛丽听到有人叫她，就转身看一下是谁（在叫她）。”可知，用turn around，故选D。
【2012福建福州】34. It was such a funny show that people couldn't help ____________again and again.学科王
A. laugh B. to laugh C. laughing 【答案】C
【解析】选C。考查固定搭配。can’t help doing sth. 意为“禁不住做某事”，此处句意为：这是一场如此有趣的表演,以至于人们忍不住笑了一次又一次。故选C。
【2012福建福州】42. — It's time for the weather report. Could I _____________ the TV, Dad? — Go ahead, please. I also want to know about the weather for tomorrow. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down 【答案】A
【解析】选A。考查短语动词的辨析。turn on意为“打开”；turn off意为“关闭”；turn down意为“调小（音量等）”。由答语可知爸爸也想看电视了解天气状况，因此此处需要用表示“打开（电视）”的短语动词。 【2012贵州贵阳】38. When you leave the reading room, you should remember to ______ the lights. A. turn on B. turn down C. turn off 【答案】C
考查动词短语的用法。turn on意为“打开”；turn down意为“关小”； turn off意为“关上”。根据句意：当你离开阅览室时，你应该记住把灯关上。故选C.
【2012贵州贵阳】Jimmy has sixteen broken bikes to _______ and give away to kids who don’t have bikes. A. fix up B. set up C. put up 【答案】A
考查动词短语的用法。fix up意为“修理，改进”；set up意为“建立，创立”；put up意为“建造，张贴”。根据句意：吉米有16辆坏了的自行车需要修理，他把他们分给没有自行车的孩子们。故选A. 【2012.安徽省】45.-- Smoking is bad for your health. --You're right. I decide to_________.
A. take it down B. find it out C. turn it off D. give it up 【答案】D
69 / 88
【2012甘肃鸡西市】25. My grandpa is sleeping. Will you please_____the radio?
A. turn down B. turn up C. turn on
【答案】A
【2012广东】I love this song by Lady Gaga. Would you the TV a bit, please? I can't hear it clearly.
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn up D. turn down 【答案】C
【2012贵州安顺】28.Mrs. Wang always asks us to _____ conversations in the English classes． A．make up B．turn up C．end up D．look up 【答案】C
【2012黑龙江齐齐哈尔】25. My grandpa is sleeping. Will you please _____the radio?
A. turn down B. turn up C. turn on
【答案】A
【2012 湖北黄石】32.We should learn how to ______well with people around us. A.get along B.get down C.get to D.get up 【答案】A
【2012·湖北·荆州】28. — I don’t think we can find a new day to work out the problem. — But we’d better not .
A. end up B. hand out C. give up D. put out 【答案】C
【2012湖北十堰】36. ---Peter, the light in your room ____________ the whole night. What were you doing? ---Oh, I was busy writing a report.
A. turns on B. turned on C. is on D. was on 【答案】D
【2012·湖北·武汉】40. After winning the badminton championship at Wuhan Sports Center in May, the Chinese players\" faces _____ with joy.
A. made up B. took up C. put up D. lit up 【答案】D
【2012湖北孝感】37. Lee all night in order to watch the football match between France and Italy.
A. put up B. stayed up C. got up D. showed up 【答案】B
【2011湖南株洲】23. It’s cold outside. You’d better ______ your coat. A. put on B. take off C. put away 【答案】A
考查动词短语辨析。put on意为“穿上；上演”；take off意为“脱下；起飞”；put away意为“收拾”。根据句意“外面冷，你最好穿上外套”。故选A。
【2012江苏淮安】12. It’s cold outside. You’d better your coat and scarf. A. work out B. put out C. have on D. put on 【答案】D
【2012江苏连云港】13.—Excuse me, Sir. But smoking is not allowed here. — Sorry, I didn’t see the sign. I’ll my cigarette at once. A. put out B. put away C. put up D. put off 【答案】A
【2012江苏苏州】Maggie wanted an evening job that would allow her to _____ her son during the day. A. look at B. look around C. look after D. look out 【答案】C
【2012江苏宿迁】Allen, your bedroom is in a mess? Sorry, Mum I’ll my things at once. A. put on B. put away C. put out D. put up 【答案】B
【2012江苏徐州】5. Don’t forget to take your bag when you the bus. A. get off B. take off C. turn off D. put off 【答案】A
【2012江苏盐城】8. Cao Wenxuan’s new book has just . Let’s go and buy one A. come over B. come down C. come on D. come out 【答案】D
【2012江苏扬州】10.—Don’t , my children. Keep working hard and you will win the match. —Thank you, Mr. Zhang. We’ll try our best.
A. put up B. call up C. set up D. give up\\ 【答案】D
【2012江西】34. More and more students ______ too much homework and they are really tired of it. A. complain about B. care about C. learn about D. hear about
70 / 88
【答案】A
【2012辽宁大连】
13.David wrote a story about teenage life, and it ____ as a book in 2003. A.went out B.came up C.grew up D.came out 【答案】D
【2012 内蒙古包头】22. Can go and find out when the plane to New York ? A. puts off B. gets off C. takes off D. breaks off 【答案】A
【2012 呼和浩特】Which hobby do you think ______ the least time?Collecting stamps. A. takes up B. tidies up C. gives up D. makes up 【答案】A
【2012年福建省福州市】42. -- It's time for the weather report. Could I _______ the TV, Dad? -- Go ahead, please. I also want to know about the weather for tomorrow. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down 【答案】A
【2012年广东省】I love this song by Lady Gaga. Would you __ the TV a bit, please? I can’t hear it clearly. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn up D.turn down 【答案】C
【2012 广西桂林】It’s too cold today. Yes, why don’t you your coat? A. put on B. put up C. take off D. take up 【答案】A
【2012黔西南】16. —Your sweater looks very nice. What’s it made__________? —Wool, and it’s made__________ Guiyang.
A. from, on B. of, in C. of, on D. from, in
【解析】D. 短语的固定搭配。be made of后接的名词看得出原材料；be made from后接的名词经过化学反应，看不出原材料；be made in后产地。因此选择D答案。
【2012黔西南】20. My sister is ill. I have to _______her at home. A. look at B. look up C. look after D. look for 【解析】C. 考查对短语的理解。C答案符合句意。
【2012湖北黄冈】40. —Hi, Ann! I won the first prize in the'English Speech Contest. —Congratulations! And I guess your parents must _____ you.
A. be mad at B. be proud of C. be angry with D. be impolite to 【答案】B
【2012湖北襄阳】Why did you come back so early today?The English party was _____ till next Friday. A. put up B. put off C. put out D. put down 【答案】B
【2012湖北襄阳】32. —I have a problem. I don’t know what to do.
—Let’s ask Dick for help. He can _____ a good idea to solve your problem. A. think up B. give up C. hang out D. laugh at 【答案】A
【2012.山东菏泽】13. Whenever I see the birds, I’ll______ flying in the sky. A. think up B. dream of C. work on D. pick up 【答案】B
【2012山东济南】43. Attention please. The plane will ______ in five minutes. A. take out B. take after C. take off D. take care
43.C【解析】考查动词短语辨析。take out“拿出”；take after“与……相像”；take off“脱下，起飞”；take care“当心，小心”。句意“请注意，飞机将在五分钟后起飞”。故选C。
【2012山东济南】 52.—Could you please _______the music? My baby is sleeping. —Sorry. I will do it right away.
A. open up B. turn down C. drop by D. dress up
52.B【解析】考查动词短语辨析。open up“开阔，打开”；turn down“把（声音等）拧小”；drop by“顺便拜访”；dress up“打扮”。句意“－请你把声音关小好吗？我的孩子正在睡觉。－对不起，我马上关小。” 【2012山东济宁】23.—Ted, Could you please________the trash? —Of course, Mom. A.take after B.take off C.take out D.take care of 【答案】C
【解析】考查动词短语。take out the trash 意为“取出垃圾”。 【2012山东聊城】30. Don't ___________ the bus until it stops, A. turn off B. put on C. get off D. set up 【答案】C
【2012 山东临沂】if you love what you are doing and work hark, you will ___ anything difficult and succeed.
71 / 88
A. get to B. get over C. get on D, get up 【答案】B
【2012陕西】25. The workers in the Huashan Mountains have to ______ rubbish to keep the mountains clean. A. turn up B. pick up C. mix up D. give up 【答案】B
【2012四川广安】39. Have you ___ “Zhang Lili”?—Yes, she is the most beautiful woman teacher in China. A. hear of B. heard from C. heard out 【答案】C
【2012四川凉山】35. The sports meeting will be ____ because of the bad weather.
A. put on B. put off C. put up 【答案】B
【2012绵阳市】4. I’m not sure when the plane will ________ and when it will land. A. take off B. run off C. open up D. stay up 【答案】A
【2012四川宜宾】32. It is a good habit that we should never _____ today’s work till tomorrow. A. put on B. put off C. put up D. put down 【答案】B
【2012天津】35. We have never visited the museum, but we have ______ it. A. stood for B. belonged to C. heard about D. kept to 【答案】C
【2012浙江杭州】21. He failed in the math test and looks sad. Let's ________.
A. put him up B. set him up C. cheer him up D.clean him up 【答案】C
【2012浙江湖州】19. We have to ______ our sports meeting till next week because of the heavy rain. A. take off B. get off C put off D. set off 【答案】C
【2012浙江嘉兴】22. Let me _ your phone number and I'll call you when I'm free. A. cut down B. turn down C. look down D. write down
【答案】D
【2012浙江丽水】27. – Please ____________ the paper, Jimmy! –But 1 haven't checked It yet, Mr. Black.
A. hand in B. take out C. look at D. go through 【答案】A
【2012浙江宁波】31. —So many problems! I'm too tired.
—You should try to___________ them by yourself. You're not a child any longer. A. get over B. get off C. get on D. get into 【答案】A
【2012浙江衢州】25. — Jenny, would you please_______ my dog when I am away?
— No problem. A. look up B. look in C, look at D. look after 【答案】D
【2012重庆市】35. You don’t have to worry about me. I’m old enough to myself. A. look after B. look for C. look up D. look at 【答案】B
【2012贵州六盘水】36. it’s impolite to cut in line when you ________ a bus at the bus stop.
A. ask for B. look for C. care for D. wait for 【答案】D
【2012黑龙江黑河市】25. My grandpa is sleeping. Will you please_____the radio?
A. turn down B. turn up C. turn on
【答案】A
【2012湖北省荆州市】28. — I don’t think we can find a new day to work out the problem. — But we’d better not .
A. end up. B. hand out C. give up D. put out 【答案】C
【2012山东·东营市】21. Don’t today’s work for tomorrow. Today’s work must be done today. A. put up B. put out C. put off D. give up 【答案】C
【2012山东日照】32. －Never ________ today’s work till tomorrow.
－Yes. It’s a good habit. A. put off B. put on C. put up D. put down 【答案】A
72 / 88
2010-2012全国各地中考英语真题精选
【2010安徽省卷】50. I couldn't get through the door because there was a big box ______. A. by the way B. on the way C. out of the way D. in the way 【2010安徽省卷】48. -- Dad, it's such a long way from our home to the park! -- You mean it's ______ to take a taxi?
A. popular B. necessary C. possible D. important 【2010安徽省卷】40. -- Do you often watch Man and Nature on TV?
--Sometimes. It's an interesting program, but I______ Sports News. A. prefer B. want C. enjoy D. miss 【2010安徽省卷】37. -- How can I ______ well with my lessons, Dad? -- Practice makes perfect.
A. work on B. hold on C. get on D. keep on
【2010安徽省卷】32. It's nice of you to ______ so much time showing me around your school. A. take B. spend C. cost D. have 【2010河北省卷】35. Mike ________ his computer and checked his e-mail.
A. turned on B. turned off C. turned up D. turned down
【2010河北省卷】29. The Internet is very useful for us. We can ________ find information. A. easy B. easily C. hard D. hardly 【2010湖北·武汉】 32. –Are you scared of the flight? --No, just a little ________.
A. angry B. serious C. anxious D. calm 【2010湖北·武汉】33. –Why don’t you choose the red tie? --For me, it doesn’t _________ my shirt very well.
A. fix B. accept C. compare D. match 【2010湖北·武汉】34. You’ve given me so much help. I really _______ it. A. appreciate B. receive C. suppose D. regard 【2010湖北·武汉】35. –Why are you still waiting in line? --I’ve missed my _______.
A. place B. order C. turn D. time 【2010湖北·武汉】37. –Waiter, $ 20 for dinner, right? --I’m afraid $25, sir, for drinks are ________.
A. extra B. free C. high D. spare 【2010湖北·武汉】39. –How about the exhibition that day? --It was very noisy, but that didn’t ________ me.
A. hurt B. impress C. change D. bother
【2010湖北·武汉】40. It was a difficult time, but we never ________ hope. A. put up B. gave up C. picked up D. used up
【2010福建·晋江】32. –Lily has a silk __________. Listen, she is singing in the next room! -- How nice!
A. look B. noise C. voice
【2010湖北·咸宁】28. — I am glad to be invited to Susan’s birthday party on Friday evening, Mum. — yourself, dear! But remember to be back before 10 o’clock. A. Help B. Believe C. Make D. Enjoy 【2010湖北·咸宁】31. — I hear you have to run for half an hour every day. — Right. It is one of the in my school.
A. choices B. plans C. hobbies D. rules 【2010湖北·咸宁】32. — What will they do to deal with the accident?
— Ten doctors and five nurses have a medical team and will start out right now. A. worked out B. made up C. helped out D. belonged to
【2010湖北·咸宁】34. — Congratulations! Your English teacher told me you got an A this time. — Thank you. She is very .
A. impressed B. embarrassed C. terrified D. frustrated
【2010黑龙江·哈尔滨】25．The FWA World Cup is ______ fantastic that a lot of people in the world aye crazy(疯狂的) about it．
A．such B．so C．very 【2010黑龙江·哈尔滨】28．Enough sleep is good for health．If you ______ for your favorite TV programs，you will feel sleepy．
73 / 88
A．stay up B．set up C．pick up
【2010贵州·铜仁】31. — ____ will you come back? — In a week. A. How long B. How often C. How far D. How soon
【2010江苏·镇江】5. That film was so _________ that most of the audience kept screaming in fear while watching it last night.
A. exciting B. frightening C. boring D. amazing
【2010江苏·镇江】7. It’s said that smoking won’t be _________ in indoor public places or workplaces in China soon.
A. attacked B. admired C. attracted D. allowed
【2010江苏·镇江】11. The Gulf of Mexico（墨西哥湾） is being polluted seriously. That has affected _________ several hundred kinds of sea animals there.
A. at least B. at once C. at birth D. at times
【2010江苏·镇江】12. Mr Brown always makes his class _________ and keeps his students _________ in class.
A. alive; interesting B. lively; interesting C. alive; interested D. lively; interested 【2010江苏·苏州】6．—I wonder_______ you’ll water this kind of tree． —Once a week．
A．how often B．how long C．how soon D．how much
【2010甘肃•兰州】26. You shouldn’t ______ your hope. Everything will be better. A. give up B. fix up C. cheer up D. put up
【2010甘肃•兰州】27. How much does the ticket ______ from Shanghai to Beijing? A. cost B. took C. spend D. pay
【2010甘肃•兰州】36. We have ______ up early in order to catch the early bus.
A. used to get B. been used to get C. used for getting D. been used to getting 【2010广东·广州】19. You should really ____ smoking. It's a terrible habit. A. grow up B. pick up C. give up D. set up
【2010湖北·宜昌】33. --- The girl ____ all her savings to the people in the Southwest for the serious drought (旱灾).
--- What a donation and what a nice girl!
A. handed out B. put out C. sold out D. gave out
【2010湖北·宜昌】 36. --- Would you please ____ the paper for me and see if there are any obvious (明显的) mistakes? --- Of course I will.
A. look around B. look through C. look up D. look into 【2010四川·达州】26.—Your watch is so beautiful. It must be expensive. —Not at all. I only ￥20 on it.
A. cost B. spent C. paid D. took
【2010江苏·连云港】6.---Let’s go hiking ___________ staying at home , shall we? ----A good idea.
A. as well as B. in order to C. instead of D. in addition to
【2010江苏·连云港】7.To _________ nature is to help ourselves , or we will be punished. A. protect B. prevent C. provide D. pollute
【2010江苏·连云港】.The fire was completely ________ shortly afterwards with the help of the firemen. A. cut down B. put out C. give out D. floated away
【2010江苏·连云港】13.---What’s the news about ? ---________ entertainment stars gathered to attact donations for Yushu. A.A member of B.A kind of C.A packet of D.A number of 【2010四川·内江-】--_______will you stay in Shanghai ?
---For about three weeks .
A. How long B. How far C. How often
【2010宁夏】27. When we came to the gate, he stopped _______ me go in first.
A. to let B. to tell C. to allow D. to ask
【2010宁夏】29. Mr. Li regards Ningxia as his second_______ because he has been here for over twenty
years.
A. family B. house C. room D. home
【2010宁夏】35. It’s very hot here. Why not _______ your coat?
A. have on B. take off C. put off D. put on 【2010湖南·娄底】4. —
—Join an English language club to practice， you’ll it? A. be good at B. drop in
74 / 88
【2010四川·内江】Can you tell me the English meaning of the word ?
---Why don’t you _______ in the dictionary?
A. look it up B. ring it up C. pick it up 【2010四川·宜宾-】Xiao Wang, __________ will it take to fly to Guangzhou? --- Sorry, I don’t know.
A. how far B. how soon C. how many D. how long
【2010四川·宜宾】34. Though Jack was poor and sick, he never ______ any chance to write. That is why
he finally became a successful writer.
A. agreed to B. gave up C. looked for D. thought of 【2010重庆】28. ---_______ have you been away from your hometown, Janet? ---Since 5 years ago.
A. How many B. How long C. How much D. How often
【2010重庆】--The radio ______ that there will be another heavy rain in Guangdong. ---Too bad. It has rained for the whole week. A. tells B. talks C. says D. speaks
【2010重庆】40. ---Steven, could you help me ______ when the plane will take off on the Internet? ---I’m sorry, my computer doesn’t work.
A. get on B. find out C. look for D. look after 【2010浙江·义乌】19 It is a good habit for us that we should never today’s work till tomorrow. A. put on B. put off C. put up D. put down 【2010浙江·义乌】21 -- do you read English newspapers？
st --I read 21 Century every day.
A. How long B. How often C. How many D. How much
【2010浙江·义乌】23. Zhou Yang is skating. She won a gold medal at the 2010 Olympic Winter Games.
A. good at B. weak in C. tired of D. angry with
【2010浙江·东阳】25. –Attention, please. The flight has to be_______ because of the heavy rain. A. put on B. put off C. put away D. put up 【2010广东·广州】19. You should really ______smoking. It's a terrible habit A. grow up B. pick up C give up D. set up
【2010湖北•荆州】17. —Do you think yesterday’s math problem was difficult? —Yes. I could ________ work it out.
A．hardly B．easily C．finally D．nearly 【2010湖北•荆州】21. —Peter, what if your parents go out? —They ask me to _______ myself.
A．look after B．look up C．look for D．look through 【2010河南】27 It was very hard for me to make a but J decided to leave my job A suggestion B decision C plan D speech
【2010河南】29 Rebuilding in Yushu began soon alter the earthquake，and it will long into the future
A . reach B keep C stop D last 【2010河南】30 Karin found some waste paper on the floor．She it and threw into the future. A put; up B picked up C turned; up D looked up 【2010潍坊】20．The cookies _________ good．Could I have some more? A．taste B．smell C．feel D．sound
【2010潍坊】28．The little elephant is afraid to go alone．He always walks _________ his mother． A．besides B．beside C．below D．under 【2010潍坊】30．—_________ do you have PE lessons? —There times a week．
A．How long B．How soon C．How many D．How often
【2010黑龙江·鸡西】24. －Could you please ______ my goldfish while I’ m away？ －It’s my pleasure.
A. look after B. look for C. look at
【2010黑龙江·鸡西】28. Last weekend, the Greens had great fun ______ at Water World. A. swimming B. cooking C. hiking 【2010山东•泰安】27. —Lucy, do you like ______? —Yes. Most of my clothes are ______.
A. an orange, an orange B. orange, orange C. oranges, oranges D. orange, an orange
【2010山东•泰安】31. —Where is Mr. Lee? I have something important to tell him.
75 / 88
—You ______ find him. He ______ Japan.
A. won’t, has gone to B. may not, has been to C. may, has gone to D. can’t, has been to
【2010山东•泰安】35. —Tom, your books should be in right order. —OK. I’ll ______ right now.
A. put them down B. put them away C. put them up D. put them on 【2010山东•泰安】37.—______ will you come back, Mum? —In ten minutes.
A. How long B. How soon C. How often D. How far 【2010福建•龙岩】37. — ______ is “The Same Song” shown on CCTV-3? — Once a week.
A. How long B. How often C. How soon 【2010四川·广安】33. —______ do you water the plants, Miss Yang? —Twice a day. A. How much B. How soon C. How often 【2010四川·广安】34. —Do you have this kind of MP5? —Sorry, we ______ yesterday. You can come next week. A. tried them on B. took them off C. sold them out 【2010甘肃.定西】2. —What’s your ? —I like swimming.
A. job B. age C. hobby D. number 【2010甘肃.定西】5. — are you going to the airport？ A. What B. How C. When D. Why
【2010甘肃.定西】23. The smile on my teacher’s face showed that she was with me. A. sad B. pleased C. worried D. angry 【2010甘肃.定西】25. —What volunteer work would you like to do? —I’d like to sick people in the hospital.
A. turn up B. stay up C. look up D. cheer up 【2010广东·广州】19. You should really ______smoking. It's a terrible habit A. grow up B. pick up C give up D. set up 【2010辽宁·沈阳】12．—Excuse me， ____ is the post office? —About 500 metres away.
A．how often B．how long C．how far D．how soon
【2010辽宁·沈阳】13．____ early，and you won't be late for school． A．Turn down B．Turn up C．Get up D．Get down
【2010湖北·黄冈】从A、B,C、D四个选项中，选出与句子划线部分意义相同或相近并能替代的那一项。 26．Mr. Green is very happy because he is satisfied with his students’ work today． A．is moved by B．is good for C is fond of D．is pleased with 27．The students ought to wear school uniforms when they’re at schoo1． A．are supposed to B are allowed to C would like to D．1ove to 28．Could you get some apples for me on your way home，mom?
A．put up B．put away C take up D．pick up
29．The car looks nice．Besides，it’s much greener because it uses electricity instead of gas． A．However B．What’s more C Even though D．What’s worse
30．The new movie，Xing Xiuniang，which tells the story about the great master(大师)of Huangmei Opera，will be put on next year．
A．dressed up B．on sale． C on show D．set up
【2010湖北·襄樊】27．--William，please remember to _ _ the photo taken in Canada here when you come to school tomorrow． I’d like to have a look．
--OK．I’ll introduce something about it to you myself．
A． take B． pass C． bring D． carry 【2010湖北·襄樊】31．--Why are you unhappy， Ben？
--I was late for class again． I’m afraid Miss Li will be me． A． friendly to B． angry with C． busy with D． proud of 【2010湖北·襄樊】32．--Do you know how to pronounce this word？ --Yes． I _ _ in the dictionary yesterday．
A． looked it up B． worked it out C． gave it away D． picked it up
【2010山东·东营】21. The 2010 Guangzhou Asian Games will be ________ from Nov. 12 to Nov. 27. A. held B. examined C. achieved D. expected
【2010山东·东营】22. Zhang Yimou is not in China. He has gone .
76 / 88
A. away B. back C. abroad D. around
【2010山东·东营】27. – Are you “planting online vegetables”? -- No. I think it’s a waste of time.
A. major in B. afraid of C. angry with D. interested in
【2010山东·东营】28. You should praise your son. ________, he works harder than before. A. After all B. Above all C. As a result D. First of all
【2010山东·东营】31. After so many years’ hard work, Zhao Hongbo and Shen Xue’s dream in 2010 Vancouver Winter Olympic Games.
A. came true B. gave up C. built up D. worked out
【2010山东·东营】32. Whether you can enter the high school yourself.
A. calls for B. depends on C. agrees with D. connects with 【2010江苏·盐城】5. He his umbrella to me yesterday, so I didn’t get wet. A. borrowed B. kept C. lent D. bought
【2010江苏·盐城】10. It is a good habit to all your things in correct places. A. put away B. put up C. put out D. put off
【2010黑龙江·齐齐哈尔】25 –Have you ever heard the song “My heart will go on”? -Yes, it ____________ beautiful. All of us like it very much. A smells B looks C sounds
【湖北·孝感】25. —_____ is it from your home to school? —A bout three miles.
A. How much B. How long C. How far D. How often
【湖北·孝感】33. Old Henry _____ take his dog for a walk after supper．But these days he is too weak to do that.
A. has to B. is able to C. used to D. got used to 【湖北·孝感】37. We thought hard and finally _____ a good idea. A. fall in love with B. got along well with C. came up with D. made friends with
【江西·南昌】27．一What do you think of Lucy’s birthday party?
— ____．I hope l can have such a panyt00．
A．Just so so B．Boring C．Terrible D．Wonderful 28．一Do you know the way to the post office? 一Yes．Follow me and I’ll you
A．call B．pick C．show D．invite 【江西·南昌】29．一Are you ____ the dark?
—Oh．yes．I always go to sleep with the light on．
A．used to B．afraid of C．interested in D．good with 【2010江西·南昌】34．一Oh! What’s the matter?
一I’m really all the time．I have no energy． A．busy B．happy C．tired D．excited
【2010湖北·黄冈】28．Could you get some apples for me on your way home，mom? A．put up B．put away ． C take up D．pick up
【2010湖北·黄冈】 30．The new movie，Xing Xiuniang，which tells the story about the great master(大师)of Huangmei Opera，will be put on next year．
A．dressed up B．on sale． C on show D．set up
【2011乌鲁木齐】29. Don't _ too late. or you will feel tired in class. A. wake up B. get up C. stay up D. stand up
【2011•广西柳州】 Speak louder, please. I can’t ________ you. A. see B. hear C. write 【2011•广西柳州】 Mr Wang will arrive in England in two days. A. put on B. turn off C. get to 【2011连云港】3.—What’s your plan for this weekend? —I’m going to ______ it with my grandparents.
A. cost B. spend C. give D. pay
【2011雅安】7. Mrs. Green is ________ her purse, but she can’t __________ it. A. looking for; find B. looking at; find C. seeing; looking for D. finding; look for
【2011沈阳】4. You should take off your shoes before you ＿＿＿ the new flat. A. leave B. find C. choose D. enter
【2011梧州】42. We shouldn’t ____ our hopes. Everything will be better. A. put up B. cheer up C. fix up D. give up
77 / 88
【2011福建莆田】29. —What a nice coat! I’ ll take it.
—But you'd better _________ first. I’ m afraid it may be small for you. A. try it on B. pay for it C. put it on
【2011黑龙江绥化市】21. It's very hot here. Why not your coat? B. put on B. put off C. take off
【2011江苏徐州】4. I was so tired this morning that I couldn’t _______ early as usual. A. get up B. get on C. get off D. give up
【2011内蒙古包头】30.If we try our best, our dream will ________ one day. A. work out B. come true C. put up D. show off
【2011哈尔滨】24. Li Na has won the championship in France Tennis Open. All the Asians her challenging sprint and excellent English.
A. are proud of B. take care of C. get along with
【2011呼和浩特】9. ----Three problems are too hard to . Will you give me some advice? ----There are many ways. The mostt important is to have a careful plan. A. work out B. look out C. hand out D. break out 【2011呼和浩特】14. ---- Do you take exercise every day? ----Yes. I always thirty minutes after supper. A. spend B. cost C. take D. pay
【2011•四川广元】8. —How was your weekend, Jeff？ —I had great ＿＿＿ watching a football game. A. interest B. time C.Fun
【2011•四川广元】9.Don’t bring food to the party. If you ＿＿＿,I ‘ll take it away. A. are B. do C. will
【2011•四川南充】23. Don't_______ the TV. My baby is sleeping now. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down
【2011•四川南充】29. When I was young, my father used to________ me some interesting stories. A. say B. tell C. talk
【2011湖北十堰】32. ---All the oil in the world will have __________ some day. ---Yeah. What shall we use for power at that time?
A. given away B. put away C. run out D. set out
【2011湖北十堰】28. ---I think you can ________ money by yourself to buy a birthday present for your mother.
---OK. I’ll try. I’ll not let a penny waste. A. spend B. save C. cost D. leave
【2011肇庆】28. ----- What is the name of the song you sang just now? It ______ beautiful. ----- It is You and me.
B. heard B. listened C. Sounded
【2011湖北黄石】33. Li Na, a word-famous tennis player from Wuhan, never _______her dream, She has just set a new record in the 2011French Open.
A. gave away B. gave up C. gave out D. gave in 【2011湖北荆州】29. —Is he still —Yes. He never B. gives up B. gives out C. takes off 【2011湖北荆州】27. — —It
B. spent B. cost C. took 【2011湖北荆州】25. — —But more and more Chinese can t B. expect B. afford C. choose 【2011湖北荆州】23. — —
B. Hold B. Take C. Return
【2011上海】52. The lady _____ dancing as a hobby in her sixties, and she is really good at it now. A) dressed up B) looked up C) took up D) put up 【2011上海】53. I have no idea what life would be like without water. The underlined part means “_____ ”. A) don’t remember B) don’t know C) don’t believe D) don’t expect 【2011•无锡】—Will you please help me to repair the computer now? —Sorry. I’m too busy and I haven’t a minute to __________. A. spare B. share C. spend D. save 【2011湖南永州】28. The baby is sleeping. Please__ the radio.
78 / 88
A. turn on B. turn down C. turn up
【2011阜康】31. On October 15, 2003 China its second lunar orbiter Chang'e 2. A. set out B. set off C. sent up D. sent out
【2011四川绵阳】3. If you don’t work hard for most of the year and then work hard for only a few days before the exam, you will probably .
A. succeed B. finish C. fail D. pass
【泸州市2011】9. --- Your coat is so beautiful. It must be expensive. --- Not really. I only _____ ￥30 on it. A. cost B. spent C. paid D. took
【2011•四川成都】45. —The T-shirt looks nice on you! How much does it ? —I just ten dollars for it.
A. take; afforded B. cost; paid C. cost; spent
【2011•盐城】10. Many volunteers food and water to the local people in Japan after the tsunami. A. gave out B. cut out C. put out D. found out
【2011浙江湖州】 20. We should never ____till tomorrow what we can do today.
A. put on B. put off C. give up D. give away
【2011山东泰安】34. —Jack, could you help me when the plane will take off on the Internet? —I’m sorry, my computer doesn’t work.
A. get out B. look out C. take out D. find out 【2011山东泰安】35. —The little girl ______ her seat to an old man on the bus. —What a kind girl!
A. brought B. offered C. gave D. lent 【2011·福州中考】— I often listen to the song Rainbow.
— So do I. It _______ beautiful. A. feels B. smells C. sounds 【2011·福州中考】— I _____ 5,ooo yuan on this iPhone. — Wow, so much! I can’t afford it.
A. spent B. paid C. cost 【2011·福州中考】— We all like Miss Wang.
— I agree with you. She always makes her English classes ______.
A. interested B. interest C. interesting 【2011天津】37. If it is dark,_____ the lights, please.
A. pick up B. look at C. turn on D. play with 【2011广西南宁市】30.—What a big storm last night!
—Yes. I was doing my homework. Suddenly, all the lights in my house _______. A. went off B. turned off C. took off D. got off
【2011贵州贵阳】34. \"Marcia, could you please_________my dog when I'm on vacation?\" \"Yes, sure. \" A. look after B. look at C. look for
【2011贵州贵阳】45. My best friend Alex failed in the math competition. I'd like to_________. A. dress him up B. pick him up C. cheer him up
【2011湖南湘西】33. You are ill. You had better _______ the doctor right now. A. look at B. see C. watch 【2011湖南湘西】35. I _______ like some noodles.
A. does B. had C. would
【2011湖南益阳】25. The idea to go to West Hill wonderful. A. looks B. tastes C. sounds
【2011广西贵港】32. I bought a new sweater last weekend. It ________ me 120 yuan. A. paid B. take C. cost D. spent
【2011广西贵港】38.—Your bedroom is so dirty. Would you please ________,Peter? —OK, mum. I’ll do it right away.
A. set it up B. put it on C. pick it up D. clean it up 【2011广西贵港】39. The girl ____ the woman. Maybe she is her daughter.
A. take care B. takes after C. takes off D. look after
【2011广西贺州】44. We must______ using plastic bags in order to protect our earth.. A. give out B. give up C. give away D. give in
【2011郴州】34. She likes reading. She usually________ some books from the library. A. buys B. lends C. borrows
【2011河源】30.He _______ all his money _______ to charity after he died.
A.gave…up B.gave…in C.gave…away D.gave…out 【2011遵义】22.Sometimes I take a No. 31 bus to work.
79 / 88
A.by B.catch C.get
【2011遵义】31.It will ________ much time if we drive instead of walking. A.take B.spend C.save
【2011泰州】10. When Daniel is in a bad mood he likes wearing orange to _______. A. wake himself up B. cheer himself up C. give himself up D. pick himself up
【2011山东菏泽】25. Mary is tired of learning because she is_____ to do better than she can, both at school and at home.
A. thought B. expected C. hoped D. helped
【2011山东菏泽】30. Last year was a hard time to my friend Jim, but he didn’t_____ hope.
A. pick up B. use up C. put up D. give up
【2011浙江舟山】21. Smoking is not allowed in public places since May 1st. It may be a good chance
for some people to ______ smoking.
A. put up B. give up C. pick up D. look up
【2011山东德州】24. Humans are cutting down the forests to ________ the land for other uses. A. clear B. destroy C. cover D. protect
【2011山东德州】28. When you have difficulty, do remember to _________. Two heads are better than one. A. make a decision B. give up C. ask for help D. give advice
【2011四川内江】32. Every year driving after drinking wine _____ a lot of traffic accidents. A. happens B. provides C. causes 【2011四川内江】33. — Which scarf do you prefer? —The red one. It _____ more comfortable. A. tastes B. feels C. gets
【2011四川内江】36. Remember to_____ your mobile phone when the plane takes off. A. turn on B. turn down C. turn off
【2011江苏淮安】4. Don’t _________ the bus until it has stopped. Safety is first. A. get along B. get go C. get off D. get up
【2011江苏宿迁】5. Han Han is a popular writer. His new book will ______ this September. A. come up B. come in C. come out D. come on
【2011•山东青岛】35. Some parents might worry that their children's hobbies can _______ schoolwork. A. get the way of B. get on the way of C. get on well with D. get in the way of
【2011•山东青岛】31. Tom__________ his father, because they both are cheerful and easygoing. A. looks like B. takes after C. doesn't take after D. isn't like 【2011•山东青岛】29. — How is your English study? Not bad. But I_______ learning English grammar.
A. am interested in B. am good at C. have a little trouble D. have no trouble
【2011山西】27. The tour guide has made the route for the school trip. We don’t need to ____ that. A. be worried about B. be afraid of C. be sorry for
【2011山西】25. How I wish I could sleep longer! However, I had to get up as soon as the alarm clock ______.
A. ran off B. went off C. took off
【2011山西】18. --- I need a costume for tomorrow’s performance, but it’s too expensive. --- Why not _____ one?
A. buy B. rent C. lend
【2011•山东青岛】28. My car alarm is always______ whenever my neighbor's cat goes under my car. A. going off B. going out C. breaking down D. setting off 【2011•山东青岛】25. — Look! There is a horse racing program on TV now. — Hmm .... It __exciting.
A. seems B. looks like C. feels D. seems like 【2011本溪】6.—What do you think of the 3G mobile phone? —I really like it, but I can’t ______ it.
A. stand B. afford C. spend D. refuse
【2011•宁夏】35. When the shy girl was asked to answer the question, her face ____ red. A. seemed B. looked C. turned D. appeared
【2011•宁夏】38. The two pictures look the same to me. It's hard to one from the other. A. speak B. say C. talk D. tell 【2011本溪】13.—Look at the sign “No Smoking”. —Sorry, I’ll ______ my cigarette(香烟) at once.
A. put up B. put out C. put on D. put off
80 / 88
【2011•宁夏】39. We had ____ the sports meet because of the heavy rain. A. put away B. put up C. put off, put on 【2011凉山】—I don’t know the new word.
—It doesn’t matter, you can ________ in the dictionary.
A. look up it B. look it up C. look for it 【2011山东枣庄】17. When I got to school, Amy ______his homework.
A. had invented B. had finished C. had developed D. had rushed 【2011山东滨州】29. –Shall we go and ________ hello to the foreign teachers? –Good idea! Let’s go.
A. say B. speak C. talk D. shout 【2011山东滨州】32.—The sweater is very nice. I’ll take it.
—But you’d better ________ first. I think it is a little large for you.
A. pay for it B. put it on C. put it off D. try it on 【2011四川乐山】22. –Do you like your new T-shirt? –Yes. It _______ very soft.
A. feels B. sounds C. smells
【2011四川乐山】29. He _______to save his pocket money for later use, but he spent it on a toy soon.
A. refused B. persuaded C. promised 【2011浙江台州】20. －Let’s some dumplings right now. －OK. I’ll cut up the meat first. A. eat B. buy C. heat D. make
【2011山东潍坊】19. With the help of the Internet, information can ______ every comer of the world quickly.
A. go B. land C. reach D. arrive
【2011浙江宁波】23. When you don’t know a word, you can _________ in the dictionary. A. look it up B. set it up C. give it up D. pick it up 【2011浙江宁波】34. — Have you seen the funny movie Let the Bullet（子弹）Fly? — Yes, it made me _________ many times.
A. laugh B. cry C. sleep D. sing
【2011山东聊城】28. I’m not sure whether I can hold a party in the open air, because it ______ the weather.
A. stands for B. depends on C. lives on D. agrees with 【2011邵阳】26. —Could I borrow your computer. Bob? —Sorry, I am ______ it.
A. taking out B. turning on C. working on 【2011广安市】27. －David, can you _______ yourself? －Of course, I can.
A. dress B. put on C. wear
【2011浙江金华】24. — How long may I your bike? — For a week. But you mustn't it to others.
A. borrow, lend B. keep, lend C. lend, borrow D. keep, borrow 【2011山东济宁】22. Most British high school children ______ uniforms at school. A. wear B. dress C. put on D. dress up 【2011•兰州】28. Mary is used to a T-shirt and jeans. A. wear B. put on C. wearing D. putting on
【2011•兰州】35. “Don't to strangers on your way to and from school”, mother often to me. A. speak; says B. speak; tells C. talk; speaks D. talk; tells
【2011浙江丽水】20．_________，you guys ! You don’t want to miss the train, do you?
A．Look up B．Give．up C．Hurry up D．Grow up
【2011浙江丽水】22．If you_________ the unnecessary lights, you’ll save some energy.
A．get off B．put off C．take off D．turn off
【2011浙江丽水】29．Personally I don’t quite agree that people_________ dangerous animals as pets.
A. depend B．afford C．keep D．follow
【2011湖北黄冈】29. —Li Na won the tennis championship in the French Open on June 4, 2011. —We take pride in her. She is the first Asian professional tennis player to win it. A. are interested in B. are terrified of C. are proud of D. are used to 【2011湖北黄冈】36. —What are you doing, Uncle Wang?
—I am sorting out old books and I’ll ______ to kids in West China.
A. give them up B. give them away C. give them off D. give them in 【2011贵州安顺】26. —Dinner is ready. Help yourself!
81 / 88
—Wow! It ______ delicious. Could you please tell me how to cook it?
A. tastes B. looks C. sounds D. Feels 【2011襄阳】30.----What kind of volunteer work would you like to do? ---- I’d like to sick kids in hospital.
A. find out B. look up C. cheer up D. hand out
【2011襄阳】28. ----How is the life in Wenchuan earthquake areas now? ---People are living a much better life than we . A. expected B. supported C. discovered D. noticed 【2011广东】26. —I hear you run for half an hour every day.
—Right, we have to. It is one of the ______ in our school.
A. rules B. plans C. hobbies D. choices 【2011广东】34. This silk dress ______ so smooth. It’s made in China.
A. feels B. smells C. sounds D. tastes 【2011广东】42. Smoking is bad for your health. You’d better _______.
A. set it up B. give it up C. pick it up D. look it up 【2011四川德阳】20. – Oh, I left my dictionary at home. Can you _____ me yours? A. lend B. borrow C. keep
【2011上海】51. Though I _____ the phone number many times, the foreigner still couldn’t write down. A) repeated B) refused C) researched D) recognized
【2011•盐城】5. Sandy feels unhappy because nobody seems to her progress. A. notice B. look C. watch D. read
【2011·苏州】 If you don’t wok ________ enough, I don’t think your dream will come _______.
A. hardly; truly B. hardly; true C. hard; true D. hard; truly
【江西省2011】28.1 hated my new school at first, but I made lots of friends and now I_______ it.
B. get B. take C. fit D. love
【2011•扬州】If anybody calls, tell them I’m out and ask them to ______ their name and addresses.
A. pass B. write C. take D. leave
【2011•扬州】—I won’t go to the concert this evening. I ______ watch the NBA on TV. It’s more exciting.
A. had better B. would rather C. ought to D. have to
【2011安徽】39. I can hardly hear what it is saying on TV. Would you please ？ A. turn it up B. turn it down C. turn it on D. turn it off
【2011安徽】41. We can't do listening practice today, for Miss Zhao's tape-recorder doesn't
A. act B. do C. serve D. work 【2011湖北·武汉】 37. - I like reading. - Great! It can _____ your mind.
A. read B. lose C. feed D. feel
【2011安徽芜湖】34. Don’t be afraid of new words. You can ______ in the dictionary. A. look at them B. look for them C. look them up D. look them over
【2011·苏州】 I _______ keep dogs for protection, but now I keep them as pets. A. would rather B. had better C. used to D. have to
【2011·苏州】Now more and more people are _______ the danger of drinking and driving.
A. tired of B. aware of C. fond of D. proud of
【2011·苏州】 —We must act now because time is ______. —Yes. Let’s start.
A. coming out B. giving out C. cutting out D. running out 【2011连云港】10.—Do you have Nokia E72 mobiles?
—Sorry, they have been ______.You may come next week.
A. given out B. looked out C. sold out D. come out 【2011连云港】7.—How long do you think the terrible weather will ______? —Why not listen to the weather report?
A. appear B. last C. change D. discover
【2011陕西】28. My uncle called and asked me if I had the birthday gilt from him. A. invented B. raised C. received D. ordered
【2011陕西】30. Anyone who sings well can the activity in our school. [A] A. take part in B. take off C. take out D. take care of
【2011清远】30. I want to watch the basketball match. Would you please ______ the TV? A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down D. turn up
【2011广西百色】 24.It’s raining heavily outside. Why don’t you _______ your raincoat?
82 / 88
A. put on B. to put on C. take off D. to take off 【2011湖南益阳】27. —What are you doing? —I'm the key to the door. A. finding out B. looking after C. looking for 【2011湖南岳阳中考】27.-The girl all her pocket money to the people in the Southwest for the serious drought(旱灾).
-What a good girl.
A. took away B. gave up C. gave away
。
【2011雅安】4. Some of my classmates _________ after school every day.
A. walks home B. walk home C. walk to home D. goes home 【2011雅安】16. Her sister ____ a taxi driver. Now she works for a charity.
A. is B. were used to being C. is used to being D. used to be 【2011大庆】8. These cabbages ______ well because they _____nice.
A. look, sell B. sell, are looked C. sell, look D. are sold, look 答案：C
【2011大庆】15. Please check your paper to_____ there are no mistakes. A. think of B. try out C. find out D. make sure 【2011·福州中考】— We all like Miss Wang.
— I agree with you. She always makes her English classes ______.
A. interested B. interest C. interesting
【2011浙江杭州】28. I have to well prepare for the math test tomorrow because it ______ 30% of the final exam.
A. sets up B. puts up C. uses up D. makes up 【2011•河南省】27. —Mom, can I leave my homework for tomorrow? —I'm afraid not. Don't____ what you can do today till tomorrow.
B. put on B. put down C. put up D. put off 【2011黑龙江绥化市】8. —Which dress do you prefer? —The red one. It______more comfortable.
B. feels B. smells C, sounds 【2011四川宜宾】24. I _________ $300 for the bike. A. took B. spent C. cost D. paid
【2011四川资阳】24. Hurry up, Mike. You must get to the airport an hour before the plane _______. A. gets off B. turns off C. takes off D. puts off 【2011四川资阳】29.—Time is money.
—But I think time is _________ money.
A. as important as B. more important as C. the most important in D. more important than
【2011安徽】46. The food here smells good, but what does it like? A. taste B. touch C. seem D. feel 【2011•铜仁】23.— How long can I ________ the book? —For two weeks.
A. keep B. borrow C. lend D. buy 【2011•铜仁】34．Bamboo can ___________ paper.
A. used to make B. be used make C. be used to make D. be used to making 【2011湖北黄冈】27. —Talking loudly in a library is impolite.
—In fact, we should also take care not to cough or sneeze loudly in public. A. look after B. be careful C. take care of D. look up
【2011湖北黄冈】28. —Mei will represent our class in the English Speech Contest.
—She is clever and can speak English really well. She will not make us disappointed. A. knock into us B. care about us C. let us down D. help us out 【2011湖北·武汉】 39. - What are you going to do for the School Day？ - We’ll _____ a new play.
A. put out B. put off C. put into D. put on
【2011湖北·武汉】 38. - Chinese tennis player Li Na won a championship again! - Yeah, I watched the game and my spirits _____ at the news. A. rose B. calmed C. turned D. shook
【2011桂林】36. Grandma is ill. I have to ________ her at home.
A. look for B. look up C. look at D. look after
【河北省2011】31. We'd better wait more minutes. I think Jeff will come soon, A. a few B. few C. a little D. little
83 / 88
【河北省2011】35. Would you please my baby brother while I'm cooking? A. take out of B. take care of C. take part in D. take away from 【河北省2011】37. This sentence right. Please write it down. A. feels B. sounds C. tastes D. smells
【2011天津】34. I _____ some of my free time playing basketball for my school team. A. spend B. cost C. take D. pay
【2011山东临沂】33. Around the world, more and more people are _________ dangerous sports activities,
because life in modern societies has become safe and boring.
A. taking out B. taking off C. taking part in D. taking care of
【2011·南京】9. –It’s said that aliens tried to warn the astronauts on the moon to ______ . – Maybe they didn’t like human beings to get close to them.
A. stay up B. stay out C. stay away D. stay behind
【2011山东威海】28.Mary heard somebody call her, so she turned _______to see who it was.. A. off B. out C. up D. around
【2012福建福州】34. It was such a funny show that people couldn't help ____________again and again.学科王
A. laugh B. to laugh C. laughing
【2012福建福州】42. — It's time for the weather report. Could I _____________ the TV, Dad? — Go ahead, please. I also want to know about the weather for tomorrow. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down
【2012贵州贵阳】38. When you leave the reading room, you should remember to ______ the lights. A. turn on B. turn down C. turn off
【2012贵州贵阳】42. Jimmy has sixteen broken bikes to _______ and give away to kids who don’t have bikes.
A. fix up B. set up C. put up 【2012.安徽省】45.-- Smoking is bad for your health. --You're right. I decide to_________.
A. take it down B. find it out C. turn it off D. give it up
【2012甘肃鸡西市】25. My grandpa is sleeping. Will you please_____the radio?
A. turn down B. turn up C. turn on
【2012广东】41. I love this song by Lady Gaga. Would you the TV a bit, please? I can't hear it clearly.
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn up D. turn down
【2012贵州安顺】28.Mrs. Wang always asks us to _____ conversations in the English classes． A．make up B．turn up C．end up D．look up
【2012黑龙江齐齐哈尔】25. My grandpa is sleeping. Will you please _____the radio?
A. turn down B. turn up C. turn on
【2012 湖北黄石】32.We should learn how to ______well with people around us. A.get along B.get down C.get to D.get up
【2012·湖北·荆州】28. — I don’t think we can find a new day to work out the problem. — But we’d better not .
A. end up B. hand out C. give up D. put out
【2012湖北十堰】36. ---Peter, the light in your room ____________ the whole night. What were you doing?
---Oh, I was busy writing a report.
A. turns on B. turned on C. is on D. was on
【2012·湖北·武汉】40. After winning the badminton championship at Wuhan Sports Center in May, the Chinese players\" faces _____ with joy.
A. made up B. took up C. put up D. lit up 【2012湖北孝感】37. Lee all night in order to watch the football match between France and Italy.
A. put up B. stayed up C. got up D. showed up
【2011湖南株洲】23. It’s cold outside. You’d better ______ your coat. A. put on B. take off C. put away
【2012江苏淮安】12. It’s cold outside. You’d better your coat and scarf. A. work out B. put out C. have on D. put on
【2012江苏连云港】13.—Excuse me, Sir. But smoking is not allowed here. — Sorry, I didn’t see the sign. I’ll my cigarette at once. A. put out B. put away C. put up D. put off
【2012江苏苏州】14. Maggie wanted an evening job that would allow her to ______ her son during the day.
84 / 88
A. look at B. look around C. look after D. look out 【2012江苏宿迁】10. —Allen, your bedroom is in a mess? —Sorry, Mum I’ll my things at once.
A. put on B. put away C. put out D. put up
【2012江苏徐州】5. Don’t forget to take your bag when you the bus. A. get off B. take off C. turn off D. put off
【2012江苏盐城】8. Cao Wenxuan’s new book has just . Let’s go and buy one A. come over B. come down C. come on D. come out
【2012江苏扬州】10.—Don’t , my children. Keep working hard and you will win the match. —Thank you, Mr. Zhang. We’ll try our best.
A. put up B. call up C. set up D. give up\\
【2012江西】34. More and more students ______ too much homework and they are really tired of it. A. complain about B. care about C. learn about D. hear about 【2012辽宁大连】
13.David wrote a story about teenage life, and it ____ as a book in 2003. A.went out B.came up C.grew up D.came out 【2012 内蒙古包头】22. Can go and find out when the plane to New York ? A. puts off B. gets off C. takes off D. breaks off 【2012 呼和浩特】13. —Which hobby do you think ______ the least time? —Collecting stamps.
A. takes up B. tidies up C. gives up D. makes up
【2012年福建省福州市】42. -- It's time for the weather report. Could I _______ the TV, Dad? -- Go ahead, please. I also want to know about the weather for tomorrow. A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down
【2012年广东省】41. I love this song by Lady Gaga. Would you _____ the TV a bit, please? I can’t hear it clearly.
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn up D.turn down 【2012 广西桂林】37. — It’s too cold today. — Yes, why don’t you your coat? A. put on B. put up C. take off D. take up
【2012黔西南】16. —Your sweater looks very nice. What’s it made__________? —Wool, and it’s made__________ Guiyang.
A. from, on B. of, in C. of, on D. from, in 【2012黔西南】20. My sister is ill. I have to _______her at home. A. look at B. look up C. look after D. look for
【2012湖北黄冈】40. —Hi, Ann! I won the first prize in the'English Speech Contest. —Congratulations! And I guess your parents must _____ you.
A. be mad at B. be proud of C. be angry with D. be impolite to 【2012湖北襄阳】31. —Why did you come back so early today? —The English party was _____ till next Friday. A. put up B. put off C. put out D. put down
【2012湖北襄阳】32. —I have a problem. I don’t know what to do.
—Let’s ask Dick for help. He can _____ a good idea to solve your problem. A. think up B. give up C. hang out D. laugh at
【2012.山东菏泽】13. Whenever I see the birds, I’ll______ flying in the sky. A. think up B. dream of C. work on D. pick up
【2012山东济南】43. Attention please. The plane will ______ in five minutes. A. take out B. take after C. take off D. take care
【2012山东济南】 52.—Could you please _______the music? My baby is sleeping. —Sorry. I will do it right away.
A. open up B. turn down C. drop by D. dress up 【2012山东济宁】23.—Ted, Could you please________the trash? —Of course, Mom.
A.take after B.take off C.take out D.take care of
【2012山东聊城】30. Don't ___________ the bus until it stops, A. turn off B. put on C. get off D. set up
【2012 山东临沂】31.if you love what you are doing and work hark, you will _____ anything difficult and succeed.
A. get to B. get over C. get on D, get up 【2012陕西】25. The workers in the Huashan Mountains have to ______ rubbish to keep the mountains clean.
85 / 88
A. turn up B. pick up C. mix up D. give up
【2012四川广安】39. —Have you ______ “Zhang Lili”? —Yes, she is the most beautiful woman teacher in China. A. hear of B. heard from C. heard out
【2012四川凉山】35. The sports meeting will be ____ because of the bad weather.
A. put on B. put off C. put up
【2012绵阳市】4. I’m not sure when the plane will ________ and when it will land. A. take off B. run off C. open up D. stay up
【2012四川宜宾】32. It is a good habit that we should never _____ today’s work till tomorrow. A. put on B. put off C. put up D. put down
【2012天津】35. We have never visited the museum, but we have ______ it. A. stood for B. belonged to C. heard about D. kept to
【2012浙江杭州】21. He failed in the math test and looks sad. Let's ________.
A. put him up B. set him up C. cheer him up D.clean him up
【2012浙江湖州】19. We have to ______ our sports meeting till next week because of the heavy rain. A．take off B. get off C put off D. set off
【2012浙江嘉兴】22. Let me _ your phone number and I'll call you when I'm free. A. cut down B. turn down C. look down D. write down 【2012浙江丽水】27. – Please ____________ the paper, Jimmy! –But 1 haven't checked It yet, Mr. Black.
A. hand in B. take out C. look at D. go through 【2012浙江宁波】31. —So many problems! I'm too tired.
—You should try to___________ them by yourself. You're not a child any longer. A. get over B. get off C. get on D. get into
【2012浙江衢州】25. — Jenny, would you please_______ my dog when I am away? — No problem.
A. look up B. look in C, look at D. look after
【2012重庆市】35. You don’t have to worry about me. I’m old enough to myself. A. look after B. look for C. look up D. look at
【2012贵州六盘水】36. it’s impolite to cut in line when you ________ a bus at the bus stop.
A. ask for B. look for C. care for D. wait for 【2012黑龙江黑河市】25. My grandpa is sleeping. Will you please_____the radio?
A. turn down B. turn up C. turn on
【2012湖北省荆州市】28. — I don’t think we can find a new day to work out the problem. — But we’d better not .
A. end up. B. hand out C. give up D. put out 【2012山东·东营市】21. Don’t today’s work for tomorrow. Today’s work must be done today. A. put up B. put out C. put off D. give up 【2012山东日照】32. －Never ________ today’s work till tomorrow. －Yes. It’s a good habit.
A. put off B. put on C. put up D. put down
语法突破易错易混训练--连词和介词.doc
1 The girl had hardly rung the bell the door was opened suddenly, and her friend rushed out to greet her.
A. before B. until C. as D. since
2. our manage objects to Tom's joining the club, we shall accept him as a member.
A. Until B. Unless C. If D. After
3.The engineers are so busy that they have zero time for outdoor sports activities, ________they have the interest.
A. wherever B. whenever C. even if D. as if 4.Just use this room for the time being, and we’ll offer you a larger one _______it becomes available A. as soon as B. unless C. as far as D. until 5. — Our holiday cost a lot of money.
— Did it? Well, that doesn’t matter______ you enjoyed yourselves. A as long as B unless C as soon as D though
86 / 88
6.Mary made coffee ________ her guests were finishing their meal . A. so that B. although C. while D. as if
7..The little boy won’t go to sleep ______ his mother tells him a story. A. or B. unless C. but D. whether 8.The old man asked Lucy to move to another chair _______ he wanted to sit next to his wife. A.although B.unless C.because D.if
9.—It’s no use having ideas only .
—Don’t worry. Peter can show you ________to turn an idea into an act. A. how B. who C. what D. where
10. they decide which college to go to, students should research the admission procedures. A. As B. While C. Until D. Once
11. Sean has formed the habit of jogging the tree-lined avenue for two hours every day. A. between B. along C. below D. with
12 My father warned me going to the West Coast because it was crowded with tourists. A. by B. on C. for D. against
13.Tired, Jim was fast asleep with his back a big tree. A. in B. below C. beside D. against
14. I agree to his suggestion ______the condition that he drops all charges. A. by B. in C. on D. to
15.Would you mind not picking the flowers in the garden? They are everyone's enjoyment. A. in B. at C. for D. to
16.The dictionary is what I want, but I don’t have enough money me. A. by B. for C. in D. with
17.I guess we’ve already talked about this before but I’ll ask you again just . A.by nature B.in return C.in case D.by chance
18. —I wonder how much you charge for your services. —The first two are free the third costs $30. A. while B. until C. when D. before
19. John plays basketball well, _____his favorite sport is badminton. A. so B. or C. yet D. for
20. You may use room as you like ____ you clean it up afterwards A. so far as B. so long as C. in case D. even if
21. At first he hated the new job but decided to give himself a few months to see___ it got any better.
A. when B. how C. why D. if
22. ______ the police thought he was the most likely one, since they had no exact proof about it, they could not arrest him.
A. Although B. As long as C. If only D. As soon as
23. Owen wouldn’t eat anything ____________ he cooked it himself A. until B. since C. unless D. while
24. The medicine works more effectively ______ you drink some hot water after taking it. A. as B. until C. although D. if
25.Many people believe that hunger is only a problem in the developing countries. ________, it is a problem all over the world.
A. On the other hand B. On top of this C. On the contrary D. As a result.
26. Furniture and flooring usually come to mind when we think of ways to use bamboo. Not many of us, _____, think of bamboo clothing.
A. therefore B. thus C. though D. meanwhile
27. –We shall take the conditions into careful account _____you have attached to this contract. -- Thanks. Hope for further cooperation. A. as B. which C. where D. what 28._______our foreign policy, we now have multiple threats, very few of which involve the traditional battles of the past.
A. In honor of B. In terms of C. In the form of D. In defence of 29.---Mum, could I go out to play now?
---Let me see…Yes,_____ you have finished all your school assignment. A. until B. unless C. while D. since
30.Alice was the key clue to that case because the truth was known to no one _____her. A. except for B. far from C. other than D. rather than
87 / 88
31.The migration of rural population from poor inland areas to eastern coastal cities benefits both the areas _______economic development, as facts have proved fully.
A. for the sake of B. in response to C. for the purpose of D. in terms of
32.______many countries in Latin America have been trying to reduce gaps in income, America has allowed inequality to grow.
A. While B. Since C. If D. Where
33. ---He was nearly killed in a car accident the other day. ---Oh,when was _______exactly?
----It was on April 28 _____he was riding a bike on the drive-way. A. this; that B. that;when C. that;that D. this;when
34. I don’t want to bring up the topic,_____ why on earth did you get home that late last night. A. but B. and C. or D. so 35. ______the urgent problems caused by wars and conflicts, the UN helps countries with other problems such as lack of education,food,poverty, and so on.
A. In spite of B. Regardless of C. Apart from D. Except for 36. Ding Guangquan, a famous master of crosstalk, has many foreign students, some of whom,_______they have mastered the skills, go on to become quite well-known thenselves. A. once B. while C. until D. even if
37. _________Sun Yue has been selected into the L.A. Lakers (湖人队), he might as well make full use of the chance.
A. Now that B. After C. Although D. As soon as
38.(2011江苏)We’d better discuss everything _______ before we work out the plan. A(in detail B(in general C(on purpose D(on time
39.(2011江苏)It sounds like something is wrong with the car’s engine. , we’d better take it to the garage immediately.
A. Otherwise B. If not C. But for that D. If so
40.(2011全国难------- someone wants you on the phone. ------- ______ nobody knows I am here. A. Although B. And C. But D. So
答案
1-6 ABCAAC 7-12 BCADBD 13-18 DCCDCA
19-24 CBDACD 25-30 CCBBD 31-35 DABAC 36-40 AAADC
88 / 88
因篇幅问题不能全部显示，请点此查看更多更全内容
Copyright © 2019- yrrf.cn 版权所有 赣ICP备2024042794号-2
违法及侵权请联系：TEL:199 1889 7713 E-MAIL:2724546146@qq.com
本站由北京市万商天勤律师事务所王兴未律师提供法律服务